BR 45

UK RESTRICTED
Issued May 1999
Superseding BR 45(7)
Dated March 1995
ADMIRALTY MANUAL OF
NAVIGATION
VOLUME VII
HANDBOOK FOR THE

NAVIGATOR’S YEOMAN
THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF HER BRITANNIC MAJESTY'S GOVERNMENT. The information in this document
is not to be communicated to any person not authorised by the MINISTRY OF DEFENCE to receive it. Any person finding this
document should hand it to a British Forces unit or to a police station for its safe return to the MINISTRY OF DEFENCE,
D MOD Sy, LONDON WC2N 5BL, with particulars of how and where found.
THE UNAUTHORISED RETENTION OR DESTRUCTION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AN OFFENCE UNDER THE OFFICIAL
SECRETS ACTS OF 1911-1989.
(When released to persons outside government service, this document is issued on a personal basis and the recipient to whom
it is entrusted in confidence, within the provisions of the Official Secrets Acts 1911-1989, is personally responsible for its safe
custody and for seeing that its contents are disclosed only to authorized persons).
By Command of the Defence Council
COMMANDER IN CHIEF FLEET

CINCFLEET/FSAG/P45/7
UK RESTRICTED i
Change 2
UK RESTRICTED
SPONSOR
This publication sponsored by the Commander in Chief Fleet. All correspondence concerning
this publication is to be forwarded to the Operational Publications Authority:
CINCFLEET / PFSA
Fleet Staff Authors Group
Pepys Building
HMS COLLINGWOOD
FAREHAM
Hampshire
PO14 1AS
Copied to the Sponsor Desk Officer:
SO1 N7 NAV
Room 170
Office of the Commander in Chief Fleet
West Battery (PP 300)
Whale Island
HMS EXCELLENT
Portsmouth
Hampshire
PO2 8DX
Copied to the Subject Matter Specialist:
| The OIC
| Navigation Training Unit (NTU)
| Endeavour Building
| Maritime Warfare School
| HMS COLLINGWOOD
| Fareham
| Hants
| Hampshire
| PO14 1AS
|
© MOD 1999
ii UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
UK RESTRICTED BR 45(7)
PREFACE |
|
The Admiralty Manual of Navigation (BR 45) consists of seven volumes: |
|
Volume 1 is a hard bound book (also supplied in A4 loose leaf from 2004), covering General |
Navigation and Pilotage (Position and Direction, Geodesy, Projections, Charts and Publications, |
Chartwork, Fixing, Tides and Tidal Streams, Coastal Navigation, Visual and Blind Pilotage, |
Navigational Errors, Relative Velocity, Elementary Surveys and Bridge Organisation). This |
book is available to the public from The Stationary Office. |
Volume 2 is a loose-leaf A4 book covering Astro Navigation (including Time). Chapters 1 to |
3 cover the syllabus for officers studying for the Royal Navy ‘Navigational Watch Certificate’ |
(NWC) and for the Royal Navy ‘n’ Course. (The NWC is equivalent to the certificate awarded |
by the Maritime & Coastguard Agency (MCA) to OOWs in the Merchant Service under the |
international Standardisation of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping (STCW) agreements.) |
The remainder of the book covers the detailed theory of astro-navigation for officers studying |
for the Royal Navy Specialist ‘N’ Course, but may also be of interest to ‘n’ level officers who |
wish to research the subject in greater detail. Volume 2 is not available to the general public, |
although it may be released for sale in the future. |
Volume 3 is a protectively marked A4 loose-leaf book, covering navigation equipment and |
systems (Radio Aids, Satellite Navigation, Direction Finding, Navigational Instruments, Logs |
and Echo Sounders, Gyros and Magnetic Compasses, Inertial Navigation Systems, Magnetic |
Compasses and De-Gausing, Automated Navigation and Radar Plotting Systems, Electronic |
Chart equipment). Volume 3 is not available to the general public. |
Volume 4 is a protectively marked loose-leaf A4 book covering conduct and operational methods |
at sea (Navigational Command and Conduct of RN ships, passage planning and routeing, and |
operational navigation techniques that are of particular concern to the RN). Assistance |
(Lifesaving) and Salvage are also included. Volume 4 is not available to the general public. |
Volume 5 is a loose-leaf A4 book containing exercises in navigational calculations (Tides and |
Tidal Streams, Astro-Navigation, Great Circles and Rhumb Lines, Time Zones, and Relative |
Velocity). It also provides extracts from most of the tables necessary to undertake the exercise |
calculations. Volume 5 (Supplement) provides worked answers. Volumes 5 and 5 (Supplement) |
are not available to the general public, although they may be released for sale in the future. |
Volume 6 is supplied in three, loose-leaf A4 binders: the non-protectively marked Binder 1 |
covering generic principles of shiphandling (Propulsion of RN ships, Handling Ships in Narrow |
Waters Manoeuvring and Handling Ships in Company, Replenishment, Towing, Shiphandling |
in Heavy Weather and Ice), and the protectively marked Binders 2 and 3 covering all aspects of |
class-specific Shiphandling Characteristics of RN Ships / Submarines and RFAs). Turning data |
quoted in Volume 6 is approximate and intended only for overview purposes. Volume 6 is |
not available to the general public, although Binder 1 may be released for sale in the future. |
Volume 7 is a protectively marked loose-leaf A4 book covering the management of a chart outfit |
(Upkeep, Navigational Warnings, Chronometers and Watches, Portable and Fixed Navigational |
Equipment, and Guidance for the Commanding Officer / Navigating Officer). Volume 7 is not |
available to the general public. |
Note. Terms appearing in italics in newer books are defined in the ‘Glossary’ of each book. |
|
UK RESTRICTED iii
Change 2
BR 45(7) UK RESTRICTED
| PROPOSALS FOR CHANGES

||
| Protective Marking ......................................................................................
|
| Ship/Establishment ....................................... Originating Dept .................................... Date
| ..........................
| Title of Publication
| Current Issue Status
| DETAILS OF COMMENTS
| Page Para Comment

| Number
| Continue on a separate sheet if required

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Originator:
| (Name in Block Letters)
| Signature
| Rank/Rate
| Protective Marking ......................................................................................

|
| Forward copies of the above form to the addressees listed on Page ii.
|
iv UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
RECORD OF CHANGES
Note: The incorporation of Temporary Amendments such as Signals, AILs etc should be recorded
on page vi overleaf.
CHANGE DATE SIGNATURE NAME REMARKS

NO. INSERTED
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
UK RESTRICTED v
Change 1
RECORD OF TEMPORARY AMENDMENTS
Note. The incorporation of Signals and AILs etc should be recorded below.
REFERENCE DATE
SIGNATURE NAME REMARKS
NO. INSERTED
vi UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Content of an Admiralty Chart Outfit

Section 1 Charts
Section 2 Publications
Annex A The Evolution of Chart Production Processes
Chapter 2 Issue, Management and Return of Chart Outfits

Section 1 Issue and Overall Management of a Chart Outfit
Section 2 Obtaining Additional Charts and Publications
Section 3 Return of a Chart Outfit
Annex A Guide to Ordering Charts and Navigational Publications
Annex B Check List for Initial Actions on Receipt of a Chart Outfit
Chapter 3 The Role of the Chart Maintenance Unit (CMU)
Chapter 4 Admiralty Notices to Mariners - Content and Procedures

Section 1 Weekly Notices to Mariners (NM) - Overview
Section 2 ‘Section I’ of Weekly NM - Content and Procedures
Section 3 ‘Section II’ of Weekly NM - Content and Procedures
Section 4 ‘Sections III-VI’ of Weekly NM - Content and Procedures
Section 5 Monthly / Quarterly Lists in Weekly NM - Procedures
Section 6 Fleet NM - Content and Procedures
Section 7 Weekly NM - Procedures for Local Folios
Section 8 Annual Summary of NM - Content and Procedures
Chapter 5 Correcting Chart Outfits - Policy, Conventions and Procedures

Section 1 Chart Correction - Policy
Section 2 Chart Correction - Plotting Conventions
Section 3 Chart Correction - Plotting Procedures
Annex A Examples of Chart Correction |
Chapter 6 Correcting Navigational Publications (NPs) - Procedures
Chapter 7 Radio Navigational Warnings and Local Notices to Mariners

Section 1 Types, Duration & Content of Radio Warnings
Section 2 Policy and Procedures for Radio Warnings
Section 3 Policy and Procedures for Local Notices to Mariners
Chapter 8 Chronometers and Watches

Annex A Working out Sunrise / Sunset - Example
Chapter 9 Duties - RN Navigator’s Yeoman / RFA Chart Maintenance Officer

Section 1 Duties of the RN Navigator’s Yeoman (NY)
Section 2 Duties of the RFA Chart Maintenance Officer (CMO)
Annex A Chart Outfit Maintenance Progress Sheet
.............................. continued
UK RESTRICTED vii
Change 2
Chapter 10 Portable and Fixed Navigational Equipment
Chapter 11 Guidance for the Commanding and Navigating Officers

Section 1 Specific Co / NO Responsibilities for Chart Outfit & NY
Section 2 Handover of Navigating Officers
Annex A Chart Outfit Weekly Spot Check Instructions and Proforma
Appendix 1 Common Faults in the Chart Outfit
Appendix 2 Navigational & Meteorological Stores, RNS Forms and Stationary Products
Appendix 3 Useful Contact Details
Appendix 4 Royal Fleet Auxiliary - Variations from RN Procedures
Appendix 5 Blank Tote Templates
Appendix 6 Template for Rubber Stamp / Label ‘NAVWARN Block’

(To be Locally Produced for use on Charts)
Index-Glossary Index - Glossary of Terms
LEP List of Effective Pages
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND COPYRIGHT
UK Hydrographic Office
Thanks are due to the UK Hydrographic Office (UKHO) for their permission and assistance in
reproducing data contained in Chapter 5 Annex A and Chapters 2, 3, 4, 7 and 8 of this volume.
This data has been extensively derived from material published by the UKHO and further
reproduction is not permitted without the prior written permission of CINCFLEET/PFSA and
UKHO. Applications for permission should be addressed to CINCFLEET/PFSA at the address
shown on Page ii and also to the Copyright Manager at UK Hydrographic Office, Admiralty
Way, Taunton, Somerset TA1 2DN.
General
Other parts of BR 45 Volume 7 not covered by the copyright notes above are MOD copyright and
further reproduction is not permitted without the prior written permission of CINCFLEET/PFSA
at the address shown on Page ii.
viii UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
UNCLASSIFIED BR 45(7)
CONTENT OF AN ADMIRALTY CHART OUTFIT
CHAPTER 1
CONTENTS
Para
Purpose of Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0101
Legal Requirements for Chart Outfits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0102
Purpose and Scope of Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0103
SECTION 1 - CHARTS
Compilation and Production of British Admiralty Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0110

Types of Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0111
Arrangement of Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0112
SECTION 2 - PUBLICATIONS
Navigation Publications (NPs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0120

Digital Publications (DPs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0121
Books of Reference (BRs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0122
Allied Tactical Publications (ATPs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0123
Other Documents and Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0124
ANNEX
Annex A: The Evolution of Chart Production Processes
UNCLASSIFIED 1-1
Change 1
BR 45(7) UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
1-2 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
CHAPTER 1
0101. Purpose of Book

The purpose of this manual is to provide consolidated information for those persons
undertaking the management of a chart outfit and the correction of its charts and publications.
The content of this book draws together advice currently contained in a number of different
publications to provide a single authoritative source.
0102. Legal Requirements for Chart Outfits

The IMO ‘Safety of Life at Sea’ convention (SOLAS) requires vessels to carry sufficient
Navigational Publications (NPs) and charts of an appropriate scale for the intended voyage. NPs
and charts are required to be properly corrected. Details of the extent of the outfit to be carried
by Merchant Ships and Fishing Vessels are contained in the Annual Summary (AS) of Notices to
Mariners (NM) in Annual NM 18. Although RN warships / submarines and RFAs may claim
exceptions from these regulations, authorised chart outfits for RN warships / submarines and
RFAs are intended to comply.
0103. Purpose and Scope of Chapter

In order to manage a chart outfit effectively, it is essential from the outset to have a
thorough understanding of its content and the way in which its wide variety elements interlink.
The purpose of this chapter is to provide an overview of the content of a chart outfit, together
with some understanding of how charts are produced.
0104-0109. Spare
UNCLASSIFIED 1-3
Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
1-4 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
SECTION 1 - CHARTS
0110. Compilation and Production of British Admiralty Charts

The compilation and production processes for British Admiralty charts has evolved from
the days of the quill pen to the Electronic Chart Display and Information Systems (ECDIS). A
summary of the evolution of those processes is at Annex 1A. The current methods are:
a. Digital Chart Data. Over some years, navigational data previously stored on paper
charts has been scanned. The latest version of each standard navigational chart is now
held digitally in Raster format in the Admiralty Raster Chart Service (ARCS) database.
b. Input of New Data for Charts. New data for charts is forwarded to the United
Kingdom Hydrographic Office (UKHO) from a very wide range of sources in both
analogue and digital formats. All new data (eg new foreign government charts, textual
NMs, new surveys etc) is first assessed by the appropriate ‘Nautical Chart Branch’ or
‘Specialist Branch’ for safety criticality before appropriate chart action is taken (NM
textual correction, NM block correction etc). New data is transformed into the UKHO
digital format for charts, as follows:
• New Data in Digital Format. On receipt of new digital data in the UKHO,
it is validated and verified to ensure it is fit for UKHO purpose. UKHO
desired format for digital data is ‘TIFF’ (Raster) and ‘Postscript’ (Vector).
Using the digital source as a backdrop to the Raster image of the existing
chart, changes are captured in Vector format. Once all the new information
has ben captured it is then converted into Raster format and combined with the
existing file.
• New Data NOT in Digital Format. Hard copy data is Raster scanned and
used as a Raster backdrop to the existing chart, in order to view the existing
chart and the new data together. The same editing process as above may then
be followed. Alternatively, it may be possible to incorporate some hard copy
data by using a digitising pad geo-referenced to the digital Raster file. Again
this work is captured in Vector format and, when complete, transformed to
Raster.
c. ARCS Data. Once a chart has been revised, the digital Raster files are returned to
the ARCS database prior to plate-making for printing, using computer-to-plate
technology. The ARCS database therefore holds the latest version of all UKHO charts.
Several products are generated from the ARCS database, one of which is the ARCS
version of the chart.
d. Paper Chart Production. The ARCS database (the latest version of the chart) is
used to export digital files to the computer-to-plate technology, which produces thin
aluminium printing plates. These plates are used for a single multi-colour print run of
the full sized paper chart using high quality paper and precision printing machines to
ensure perfect colour registration. The printing plates are not as robust as older types and
are frequently replaced by new plates, depending on the size and frequency of each chart
printing run.
e. Notices to Mariners (NM). Notices to Mariners (NM) and their associated tracings
may be produced in a similar way, particularly if a colour block is required for pasting
onto the chart.
UNCLASSIFIED 1-5
Change 1
0111. Types of Charts
a. Standard Navigational Charts. Standard navigational charts, which are usually

Mercator or Transverse Mercator Projections and available commercially from the
UKHO, make up the vast bulk of a vessel’s chart outfit. They are listed primarily in the
‘Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications’ (NP 131) and in the ‘Chart Correction
Log and Folio Index’ (NP 133B).
b. ‘Fleet’ and Other Protectively Marked Charts. Certain charts and diagrams are
available to authorised users but are not listed in NP 131 or made available for sale
commercially. Known colloquially as ‘Fleet’ charts, many are standard navigational
charts overprinted with additional information, and if so, retain their normal chart
number prefixed by the letter ‘F’. Fleet charts may bear the prefixes C, D, F, G, Q, R or
W as appropriate to their type and use (see ‘Catalogue of Classified and Other Charts and
Hydrographic Publications’ - NP 111). Their protective marking status varies but, in
some cases, where the additional data relates only to information (eg exercise area limits)
now in the public domain, they have been downgraded to ‘Unclassified’ while still
retaining their ‘Fleet’ status. Details of ‘Fleet’ and other protectively marked charts are
listed in the NP 111. See also Para 0214 for accounting procedures for these charts.
c. Thematic Charts. A variety of ‘Thematic’ charts are available from the UKHO
including: Routeing Charts, Routeing Guides, Gnomonic Charts, Instructional Charts,
Hydrographic Practice and Symbol Charts, UK & World Series Thematic Charts,
Astronomical Charts, Climatic Charts, Meteorological and Upper Air Charts, Magnetic
Variation Charts, Territorial Sea Baseline Charts, Tidal Charts, Bathymetric Charts and
‘Plotting Diagrams and Sheets’. Details of these charts are listed in the ‘Catalogue of
Admiralty Charts and Publications’ (NP 131). A brief summary of each category is as
follows:
• Routeing Charts. There are five regional sets of ‘Routeing Charts’, covering
the North Atlantic, South Atlantic, Indian Ocean, North Pacific and South
Pacific. Each of these sets has 12 separate Mercator Projection sheets - one for
each month of the year. They are corrected by Notices to Mariners and New
Editions. They should NOT be used for navigation. Routeing Charts include
the following important data:
< Routes and distances between ports.
< Statistical ocean currents (Data supplied by the Meteorological Office).
< Statistical wind data (Data supplied by the Meteorological Office).
< Statistical ice limits (Data supplied by the Meteorological Office).
< Statistical air, dew point, and sea temperatures, barometric pressure, and
the incidence of fog, gales and storms.
< Limits of load line zones (load line rules).
• Routeing Guides. ‘Routeing Guide’ sheets, currently covering the English
Channel and Southern North Sea, the Gulf of Suez, and the Malacca and
Singapore Straits provide important passage planning information and details
of Traffic Separation Schemes. They should NOT be used for navigation.
1-6 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
(0111 cont) • Gnomonic Charts. A series of small-scale Gnomonic projection charts

covering the major oceanic areas are available for passage planning when it is
required to plot a Great Circle as a straight line. They are particularly useful
for devising Composite Tracks (combinations of Great Circles and Rhumb
Lines). Versions of these charts are also available overprinted with curves
showing the true bearings, from all parts of the chart, of certain well used
destinations (currently: Bishop Rock, Mona Passage, Gibraltar, Cape Town,
Stanley, Yokohama, Wellington, Valpairso and Panama). They should NOT
be used for navigation.
• Instructional Charts. A small number of ‘Instructional’ charts, providing a
representative sample of the world chart coverage, are produced for training
and examination use. These charts may be printed on thin paper. They are
NOT maintained for the latest navigational information and should NOT be
used for navigation.
• Hydrographic Practice and Symbols. Chart symbols and abbreviations
together with guidance on their use, depth conversion card and other
miscellaneous data are provided in this series. Unusually, Chart 5011 (Chart
Symbols and Abbreviations) is provided in A4-sized booklet format.
• UK Series Thematic Charts. The ‘UK Series Thematic Charts’ comprise a
series of outline charts showing various limits and boundaries (eg Practice &
Exercise Areas (PEXA), Fishery Limits, Search & Rescue (SAR) Limits etc).
They should NOT be used for navigation.
• World Series Thematic Charts. The ‘World Series Thematic Charts’
comprise a series of very small scale world charts and diagrams. They provide
information on world Time Zones, Main Shipping Routes (Sail and Power),
World Current Circulation and Load Line Regulations. This series also
includes a chart of the world using an Azimuthal Equidistant projection.
• Astronomical Charts. Two azimuth diagrams and a rapid sight reduction
plotting sheet are produced for use in astro-navigation.
• Climatic Charts. Two world climatic charts (January & July) are available. |
• Meteorological and Upper Air Charts. A series of about 30 working charts
are available for a variety of meteorological purposes.
• Magnetic Variation Charts. A small series of world and regional charts
show magnetic variation & dip, together with their respective rates of change. |
• Territorial Sea Baseline Charts. A small series of charts show Territorial
Sea Base Lines and Median Lines in specific localities.
• Tidal Charts. In addition to the range of Navigational Publications (NPs)
dealing with tidal predictions (see Para 0120), a small series of Co-tidal / Co-
range charts is available for specific localities.
• X Charts. If a new regulation (eg new TSS ) affecting a chart is due to come |
into force on a particular date, UKHO will publish a New Edition well in |
advance showing the new TSS etc layout. At that time, the existing chart will |
be authorised to be prefixed ‘X’ and retained until the New Edition comes into |
force. In the interim period, both charts should be corrected for NMs. |
UNCLASSIFIED 1-7
Change 2
(0111 cont) • Bathymetric Charts. A small series of Bathymetric Charts of the North East
Atlantic is available at a scale of 1:2,400,000.
• Plotting Diagrams and Sheets. The series of ‘Plotting Diagrams and Sheets’
may be subdivided into ‘Plotting Diagrams’, ‘Ocean Plotting Sheets’, ‘Ocean
Plotting Sheets with Compass Rose, Meridians and a Central Latitude’ and
Mercator Plotting Sheets, as follows. Ocean Sounding Charts have been
largely discontinued (see Note 1). Certain other sheets are available from
commercial sources (see Notes 2 & 3).
< Plotting Diagrams. The small series of ‘Plotting Diagrams’ contains a
miscellany of specialist diagrams for widely varying purposes (eg HSA
lattice construction diagram, manoeuvring board, Great Circle diagram
etc).
< Ocean Plotting Sheets. The twin series’ of ‘Ocean Plotting Sheets’
covers Latitudes 0/ - 90/ at a scale of 1:1,000,000 and Latitudes 0/ - 66/
at a scale of 1:250,000. The mid latitude of each 1:1,000,000 sheet is also
the mid-latitude of the equivalent 1:250,000 sheet. An index sheet is
provided which also gives full instruction on the use of the plotting
sheets. See Note 1.
< Ocean Plotting Sheets with Compass Rose, Meridians and Central
Latitude. A very small series of ‘Ocean Plotting Sheets with Compass
Rose, Meridians and a Central Latitude’ covers Latitudes 0/ - 78/ at a
scale of 1:1,000,000.
< Mercator Plotting Sheets. A series of ‘Mercator Plotting Sheets’ covers
Latitudes 0/ - 90/ at a scale of 1:670,000. These sheets are ideal for
plotting astro-navigation fixes and maintaining the ship’s position when
out of sight of land.
Notes:
1. Ocean Sounding Charts. A series of approximately 600 plotting sheets, covering the
world’s oceans, contain records of the soundings held by the UKHO. These charts have not been
maintained since 1991 and no further soundings have been added to them since that date.
However, the 1:1,000,000 scale versions (and 1:250,000 for the Mediterranean only) can still
be supplied on demand; they should be specified by the equivalent Ocean Plotting Sheet number,
(see above) but prefixed by the letter C. See NP 131 for details.
2. International Bathymetric Chart of the Mediterranean (IBCM). A small series of
‘International Bathymetric Charts of the Mediterranean and its Geological Geophysical Series
(IBCM)’, at varying scales, may be obtained from commercial sources. They are also available
on CD-ROM either as sheets, or in the GEBCO digital Bathymetric Contour Atlas (see Note 3
below). See NP 131 for details.
3. General Bathymetric Chart of the Ocean (GEBCO). A small series of ‘General
Bathymetric Charts of the Ocean (GEBCO)’ at varying scales, may be obtained from commercial
sources. They are also available as a seamless digital Bathymetric Contour Atlas of the world’s
oceans on CD-ROM. See NP 131 for details.
1-8 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
0112. Arrangement of Charts
a. Chart Folios. Although charts may be supplied individually, they are also grouped
together in ‘folios’ by geographical area. Chart outfits are normally supplied to RN
warships / submarines / RFAs in folios, together with the associated NPs.
• Folios 1-100 each provide all the available ‘standard navigation charts’ (see
Para 0111a) for a particular geographical area.
• Folios in the ‘700 series’ contain protectively marked (‘Fleet’) charts
• Folios in the ‘300 series’ contain the special diagrams, plotting sheets and
routeing charts etc listed at Para 0111c.
Chart folios are supplied with buckram covers of an appropriate colour and charts are
arranged in numerical order within each folio. A list of unclassified chart folios is
contained in ‘Chart / Publication Outfits For HM Ships, RFAs and RMAS’ (NP 104) and
a list of protectively marked folios, together with their contents, is listed in the
‘Catalogue of Classified and Other Charts and Hydrographic Publications’ (NP 111).
b. Geographical Folio Coverage. Approximate geographical limits of Folios 1-100

are in the ‘Catalogue of Admiralty Charts & other Hydrographic Publications’ (NP 131).
Note. When deciding on the outfit (eg on trials etc when vessels may not hold their full
authorised operational chart outfit), care must be taken to ensure sufficient folios are held,
particularly if operating near the boundary of folios (eg the boundaries of folios 1, 7, 8, 9 and
16 are adjacent, in the southern North Sea / Thames Estuary / Dover Straits area).
c. Folio Labels. When chart folios are supplied, a ‘folio label’ (H119 for standard
folios / H82 for Fleet folios) is pasted on the cover showing the folio number, dates of
issue, the correction state, and the name of ship / submarine to which it has been issued.
d. Folio Lists. When chart folios are supplied, in addition to the folio label (see Para
0112c above), a ‘folio list’ showing the numbers and titles of the charts contained in the
folio, the NP numbers and titles of the appropriate volumes of Admiralty Sailing
Directions (SDs) and of the Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals (ALLFS), and if
appropriate, any other necessary NP. Duplicate folio lists are also supplied and kept in
the ‘Chart Correction Log and Folio Index’ (NP 133B).
e. Thumb Labels. A small label, known as the ‘thumb label’, is printed on the back
of each chart. The thumb label shows the number, title, printing date and printing batch |
number of the chart, and provides space for notation of the folio number. |
f. Local Folios. The number of ‘spare’ charts needed (eg for pilotage in/outs, blind
pilotage, exercises etc) may exceed the physical capacity of the folio cover (eg Folio
1,which includes major naval base ports and OST sea areas off Plymouth). In such cases
it is appropriate to transfer some charts from the main folio to a suitably named or
numbered ‘local folio’ for ease of storage and use, provide that the appropriate notation
is made in the ‘Chart Correction Log and Folio Index’ (NP 133B) and that the
appropriate chart corrections are properly logged and applied. See Para 0470 for details
of the procedures required.
0113-0119. Spare
UNCLASSIFIED 1-9
Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
1-10 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
SECTION 2 - PUBLICATIONS
0120. Navigational Publications (NPs)
The following NPs are of interest to the NO and the list also provides an overview of the
information they contain.
NP 1-72. Admiralty Sailing Directions (SDs or Pilots)

SDs (Pilots) are supplied automatically with the chart folio for that area. The latest
edition of SDs and supplements are listed quarterly, in Section II (Current Hydrographic
Publications) of the Weekly NM. The SDs contain:
• An index chart covered by the volume.
• Local regulations, buoyage, port / trade information, environment & climate.
• Sailing directions.
• Appendices - including Dockyard Port Orders, territorial waters, mine
dangerous areas and panoramic views.
NP 1(S)-72(S). Supplements to Sailing Directions

These must be read in conjunction with the relevant SD and the amendments in
Weekly NM. They update text and contain new information, names, views, chart index,
etc.
NP 74 - 84. Admiralty List of Light and Fog Signals (ALLFS):Volumes A - L

ALLFS are re-published annually. Types of lights, fog signals, range tables and
definitions of various ranges are defined. ALLFS contain details of all navigation lights
(structures) and lanbys but not buoys less than 8m high. Corrections to lights appear in the
ALLFS before being included on the chart. The description of structures is more up-to-date
than in the SDs.
NP 100. Mariner's Handbook

NP100 gives guidance on charts, corrections, creating Hydrographic Notes and other
information. The 1972 Rules for Prevention of Collisions at Sea are repeated in full with
advice on certain aspects. It also contains information on buoyage, hazards, national limits,
meteorology, oceanography and working in ice. A glossary is located at the back of the
book giving details of terms used on Admiralty charts and in associated publications.
Supplements are issued from time to time. |
|
NP 104. Chart / Publication Outfits For HM Ships, RFAs and RMAS
This book gives useful information on UKHO procedures (at Chapter 1) and lists all
chart and publication outfits by class of ship / submarine and by deployment areas.
NP 109. NW Europe Catalogue

This catalogue is issued annually and comprises a ‘mini’ chart catalogue for the UK
and adjacent areas. Its index diagrams are at an ideal scale for use in identifying which
charts are affected by WZs / Coastal Warnings.
NP 111. Catalogue of Classified Charts and Publications

NP 111 lists charts protectively marked RESTRICTED and CONFIDENTIAL.
NP 116. ACLANT Grid

NP 116 (protectively marked CONFIDENTIAL) contains ACLANT grid information.
It is NOT delivered with the chart outfit and must be collected by hand from CMUs.
UNCLASSIFIED 1-11
Change 2
(0120 NP 129. Wallet With Hydrographic Forms

cont.) The wallet contains the following items:
• Transfer and Receipt certificates for Chart Folios (H11).
• Hydrographic Notes (H102) and tracing paper sheets.
• Chart and publication demand forms (H262).
• Observation Records for Magnetic Variation (H488) / Declination (H493).
|
NP 131. Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications
This catalogue is issued annually and contains:
• Diagrams of chart coverage in geographical sequence.
• Numerical indexes of charts and publications.
• Lists of miscellaneous charts and diagrams.
• Diagrams showing limits of folios, sailing directions, light lists, etc.
• List of Admiralty Chart Agents.
NP 133B. Chart Correction Log and Folio Index

The Chart Correction Log and Index contains:
• Instructions for use of the Chart Correction Log.
• Folio check list.
• Record of inspections (by NO, CO, inspecting officers, handover of NO).
• Record of changes to NP 133B.
• Part I contains folio correction sheets (Forms H55 / H55A) and duplicate folio
lists.
• Part II contains an index to all Admiralty charts showing folio in which they are
contained ie. Navigational, Australian, New Zealand, Fleet Navigational and
Miscellaneous charts.
NP 136. Ocean Passages for the World

This book contains passage planning notes, with information concerning Great Circle
sailing, meteorology, currents and navaids. It also gives details of power and sailing vessel
routes.
NP 139. Echo Sounding Correction Tables

This book contains details of corrections to be made dependent on speed of sound in
water against depth of water in various regions of the world.
NP 158 / 158A. Tidecalc (Withdrawn 2001)

Tidecalc (NPs 158 / 158A) was a computerised tidal prediction program, withdrawn
| in 2001 on publication of ‘Total Tide for RN’ (DP 555). See Para 0121.
NP 159A. Tidal Prediction: Simplified Harmonic Method (SHM) (Withdrawn 2001)

SHM (NP 158A) was a computerised tidal prediction program, withdrawn in 2001 on
| publication of a replacement SHM program (DP 560). See Para 0121.
NP 164. Dover: Times of High Water

Dover high water data, issued annually.
1-12 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
(0120 NP 167. Tidal Streams in the Approaches to HM Naval Bases

cont.) The book contains hourly tidal stream diagrams for all Dockyard Ports (except Faslane)
with notes on local restrictions and tidal effects. FLOOs should also be consulted. The atlas
pages are also issued as separate booklets but without the notes.
NP 201-204. Admiralty Tide Tables

These volumes are issued annually and contain tidal data for standard /secondary ports:
• Volume 1 United Kingdom and Ireland, including Channel ports.
• Volume 2 Europe and the Atlantic ocean, including Channel ports.
• Volume 3 Indian Ocean and South China Sea.
• Volume 4 Pacific Ocean.
NPs 209-266, 337 & 628-636. Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlases

These booklets contain hourly tidal stream data from HW+6 hours to HW-6 hours based
on a convenient local Standard Port, mostly in the UK areas, but with some coverage
elsewhere including the Gibraltar Strait (NP 629) and SE Asia. Co-tidal data is included
where appropriate and there is an interpolation graph for streams between Spring and Neaps.
Surface and sub-surface current data is given where appropriate.
NP 234A / NP 234B. Cumulative List of Admiralty Notices to Mariners

This booklet is issued in January (NP 234A) and July (NP 234B) and gives details of |
chart corrections over the last 2 years or since the issue date of the chart, plus a reprint of the
list of hydrographic publications in force and their edition or supplement status. It also has an
index of NMs against the number of the weekly edition in which they were published.
NP 281. Admiralty List of Radio Signals (ALRS) Vol 1 (Parts 1 & 2) - Coast Radio Stations
ALRS Vol 1 is issued annually and contains coastal radio station data, medical advice,
quarantine arrangements, pollution reports, INMARSAT data, radio regulations, ship
reporting systems, piracy & armed robbery reports, alien smuggling reports, distress and
search & rescue procedures.
NP 282. ALRS Vol 2: Radio Aids to Navigation, Satellite Navigation Systems, Legal |
Time Radio Time Signals and Electronic Position Fixing Systems |
ALRS Vol 2 is issued annually and contains data for all the items listed in the title. From |
March 2003 the contents of NP 288 (Satellite Navigation) has been subsumed into NP 282. |
NP 283. ALRS Vol 3 ( Parts 1 & 2):Maritime Safety and Information Services |
ALRS Vol 3 is issued annually and contains radio weather services, navigation warnings |
and information, meteorological codes for use by shipping and associated diagrams.
NP 284. ALRS Vol 4: Meteorological Observation Stations.

ALRS Vol 4 is issued every 18 months and contains a list of meteorological observation
stations with associated diagrams. A ‘PC’ version (ASCII, Apple Mac or IBM) of this
publication can be obtained by using the special order form at the front of the volume.
NP 285. ALRS Vol 5: Global Maritime Distress and Safety System

ALRS Vol 5 is issued annually and contains details on the introduction and usage of
GMDSS, including communication methods and world wide systems used to pass
information.
UNCLASSIFIED 1-13
Change 2
(0120 NP 286. ALRS Vol 6 (Parts 1 to 5) - Pilot Services, VTS and Port Operations
cont.) ALRS Vol 6 is now issued annually in 5 parts on a geographic basis, combining most of
the information in the previously issued separate ALRS Vols 6 and 7. The new ALRS Vol 6
contains the radio details and procedures for vessels needing pilots and /or entering harbour
including VHF facilities, requirements and reporting points, pilot boarding stations and global
VTS information. Diagrams supplemented the text.
NP 287. ALRS Vol. 7 - Withdrawn in 2001 on issue of new ALRS Vol 6 (Parts 1-5).
| NP 288. ALRS Vol. 8 - Withdrawn in March 2003 on issue of new ALRS Vol 2.
NP 289. Admiralty Marine Communication (UK and Mediterranean)

This (new) volume contains the UK and Mediterranean small craft mariner services
previously in (the pre-2001) ALRS Vol 6, combined with an extract of information relevant
to yachtsmen from other ALRS volumes. Not issued to RN / RFA.
| NP 290. Admiralty Marine Communication (Caribbean and Canary Is)

A parallel volume to NP 289 but for the Caribbean. Not issued to RN / RFA.
| NP 291. Admiralty Marine Communication (UK and Baltic)

| A parallel volume to NP 289 but for the UK and Baltic. Not issued to RN / RFA.
NP 303. Sight Reduction Tables For Air Navigation

Vol 1 contains selected stars used for Rapid Sight Reductions at all latitudes and has a
5 year life from its epoch date. Vols 2 and 3 are permanent tables and are not issued to ships.
This NP is soon to be re-issued as ‘Rapid Sight Reduction Tables For Navigation’.
NP 314. Nautical Almanac

The Nautical Almanac is issued annually and contains ephemeral data for the Sun,
Moon, Aries, Stars and Planets; sunrise, sunset, twilights, moonrise, moonset, plus direct
computation sight reduction procedures and concise sight reduction tables. It also contains
the necessary minute and second correction and interpolation tables for application with hourly
tables in the main body of the Almanac.
NP 320. Nories Tables

Nories Tables contain numerous tables including: bearing amplitudes, distance by vertical
angles, ‘A, B & C’ tables, conversion tables, ports of the world gazetteer.
NP 323. Star Identifier

This device consists of an underlay and series of plastic overlays which when correctly
aligned display the azimuth and altitude of heavenly bodies.
NP 350. Admiralty Distance Tables

These volumes give the shortest navigable distances (in depths of 10 metres or greater)
between ports. Tables of distance are supported by chartlets showing ports (in black) and link
points between sections and volumes (in red). They cover the world as follows:
• Vol 1. Atlantic Ocean.
• Vol 2. Indian Ocean.
• Vol 3. Pacific Ocean.
1-14 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
(0120 NP 400. Sight Forms

cont.) Booklet of Sight Forms used with NP 314 (Nautical Almanac) and NP 401 (see
below).
NP 401. Sight Reduction Tables for Marine Navigation (6 Volumes)

Used in conjunction with NP 314 (Nautical Almanac), and entered with Local Hour
Angle and Declination of a heavenly body as arguments, this book provides the calculated
or ‘tabulated’ altitude of the body. Each volume (of 6) contains data for 15/ of latitude.
NP 441. Guide to Completing Bridge Weather Log

A comprehensive guide to completing the Bridge Weather Log.
NP 452. Oceanographic and Meteorological Supplies Handbook (W1)

This book lists details of the Oceanographical and Meteorological Chart (MOCS) and
Publication (MOPS) sets for establishments and each class of vessel. It is also known as
W1.
NP 510. Naval Oceanographic and Meteorological Service Handbook (W11)

This book sets out the Naval and Oceanography and Meteorological organisation and
is also known as W11. The following chapters are particularly useful:
• Chapter 6 Equipment and stores. Precision Aneroid Barometer rules.
• Chapter 7 Publications and charts.
• Chapter 10 Meteorological and Oceanographic reports and returns.
NP 629. Straits of Gibraltar: Surface and Sub-surface Water Movements

This atlas provides tidal stream and surface / sub-surface currents data in the Straits
of Gibraltar. The resulting water movement may be calculated at the surface or at any
depth, by addition of the relevant vectors for any position. NP 629 was withdrawn from
sale to the public in 1999 but is still available for issue to RN warships / submarines
and RFAs.
NPs 713 / 715. Folio Covers

Spare folio covers are available for standard chart folios (NP 713) and for Fleet folios
(NP 715), and are useful when creating Local Folios (see Para 0112f).
NP 718. Polythene Chart Cover

These polythene chart covers are suitable for use at Emergency Conning Positions
(ECPs), in boats and in other exposed locations where chartwork is necessary.
NP 720. Conversation Table - Metres to Feet / Fathoms

This table provides an easy to read conversion of units of depth.
NP 727. Wallet Containing Ships’ Boats’ Charts

This waterproof wallet is for use in ships’ boats as a survival kit. It contains simple
plotting tools and 6 Mercator projection charts printed on a water-resistant plasticised
paper, which together cover the world. The charts have an outline of the surrounding land
masses, compass roses, details of winds, ocean currents, ice and magnetic variations. They
include full notes on their use including times of sunrise/sunset, information on the
management of boats, and on the effect of winds, weather and currents. The charts are
corrected by New Edition at intervals of about 10 years. They are not corrected by Notices
to Mariners and make no claim to be ordinary navigational charts, being purely for use in
an emergency.
UNCLASSIFIED 1-15
Change 1
(0120 NP 735. IALA Buoyage System

cont.) Booklet giving descriptions of the IALA buoyage system, lights, top marks etc.
Chart 5011. Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Chart 5011 is published as a booklet and defines all symbols and abbreviations used
on Admiralty charts.
Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners

The contents and use of the Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners is explained in
detail at Paras 0480-0484, but in outline, it includes:
• Annual (standing) NM numbers 1 to 24.
• Corrections to Tide Tables (NM number 1).
• Territorial Waters and Fisheries Jurisdiction Claims (NM number 12).
• Reprint of T & P’s in-force.
• Re-print of corrections to SDs (Pilots).
Fleet Notices to Mariners

Fleet Notices to Mariners (Fleet NMs) are supplied separately for Fleet charts and are
numbered sequentially in their own series during each year. They are usually issued at two
monthly intervals starting in February. They should be logged in NP 133B and inserted
on charts in the same way as ordinary permanent corrections. See Paras 0460-0461.
1-16 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
0121. Digital Publications (DPs)

The following list of DPs gives an overview of the information available.
DP 555. Total Tide |

The Defence edition of ‘Total Tide’(DP 555) is a Windows-based computerised |
method of providing tidal predictions for ports throughout the world and replaced the
earlier MSDOS-based program ‘Tidecalc’ (NP158/158A) in 2001 (see Para 0120). The
program and data is supplied on a CD-ROM and includes world wide data sets. This |
program entered RN service in 2001 and the software is updated annually. A ‘non- |
Defence’ version is available commercially as DP 550 with data set updates as DP 551. |
|
DP 560. Tidal Prediction by the Simplified Harmonic Method (SHM)
DP 560 is a Windows-based computerised method of providing tidal predictions for
ports throughout the world and replaced the earlier MSDOS-based program ‘SHM’
(NP159A) in 2001 (see Para 0120). The program and data is supplied on a CD-ROM. This
program is not scheduled to enter general RN service but is available commercially. |
UNCLASSIFIED 1-17
Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
1-18 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
0122. Books of Reference (BRs)

The following list of BRs are of interest to the NO and provides an overview of the
information available.
BR 2. QRRN
QRRN contains regulations and instructions on many subjects, including:
• Para 0338 Authority of OOW.
• Para 0732 Speed of ships.
• Ch 8 Instructions to COs (see Para 0803 - Charge of the ship).
• Ch 19 Sec II Instructions to NOs / Submarine NOs.
• Ch 30 OOW at sea and in harbour.
• Ch 45 Collisions and Other Navigational Incidents.
• Ch 46 Salvage and Special Services.
BR 45. Admiralty Manual of Navigation (7 Volumes)

• Volume 1 is a hard bound book (also supplied in A4 loose leaf from 2004), |
covering General Navigation and Pilotage (Position and Direction, Geodesy, |
Projections, Charts and Publications, Chartwork, Fixing, Tides and Tidal |
Streams, Coastal Navigation, Visual and Blind Pilotage, Navigational Errors, |
Relative Velocity, Elementary Surveys and Bridge Organisation). This book is |
available to the public from The Stationary Office. |
• Volume 2 is a loose-leaf A4 book covering Astro Navigation (including Time). |
Chapters 1 to 3 cover the syllabus for officers studying for the Royal Navy |
‘Navigational Watch Certificate’ (NWC) and for the Royal Navy ‘n’ Course. |
(The NWC is equivalent to the certificate awarded by the Maritime & |
Coastguard Agency (MCA) to OOWs in the Merchant Service under the |
international Standardisation of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping |
(STCW) agreements.) The remainder of the book covers the detailed theory of |
astro-navigation for officers studying for the Royal Navy Specialist ‘N’ Course, |
but may also be of interest to ‘n’ level officers who wish to research the subject |
in greater detail. Volume 2 is not available to the general public, although it may |
be released for sale in the future. |
• Volume 3 is a protectively marked A4 loose-leaf book, covering navigation |
equipment and systems (Radio Aids, Satellite Navigation, Direction Finding, |
Navigational Instruments, Logs and Echo Sounders, Gyros and Magnetic |
Compasses, Inertial Navigation Systems, Magnetic Compasses and De-Gausing, |
Automated Navigation and Radar Plotting Systems, Electronic Chart |
equipment). Volume 3 is not available to the general public. |
• Volume 4 is a protectively marked loose-leaf A4 book covering conduct and |
operational methods at sea (Navigational Command and Conduct of RN ships, |
passage planning and routeing, and operational navigation techniques that are |
of particular concern to the RN). Assistance (Lifesaving) and Salvage are also |
included. Volume 4 is not available to the general public. |
UNCLASSIFIED 1-19
Change 2
| (0122) • Volume 5 is a loose-leaf A4 book containing exercises in navigational

| calculations (Tides and Tidal Streams, Astro-Navigation, Great Circles and
| Rhumb Lines, Time Zones, and Relative Velocity). It also provides extracts from
| most of the tables necessary to undertake the exercise calculations. Volume 5
| (Supplement) provides worked answers. Volumes 5 and 5 (Supplement) are not
| available to the general public, although they may be released for sale in the
| future.
| • Volume 6 is supplied in three, loose-leaf A4 binders: the non-protectively
| marked Binder 1 covering generic principles of shiphandling (Propulsion of RN
| ships, Handling Ships in Narrow Waters Manoeuvring and Handling Ships in
| Company, Replenishment, Towing, Shiphandling in Heavy Weather and Ice),
| and the protectively marked Binders 2 and 3 covering all aspects of class-
| specific Shiphandling Characteristics of RN Ships / Submarines and RFAs).
| Turning data quoted in Volume 6 is approximate and intended only for
| overview purposes. Volume 6 is not available to the general public, although
| Binder 1 may be released for sale in the future.
| • Volume 7 is a protectively marked loose-leaf A4 book covering the
| management of a chart outfit (Upkeep, Navigational Warnings, Chronometers
| and Watches, Portable and Fixed Navigational Equipment, and Guidance for
| the Commanding Officer / Navigating Officer). Volume 7 is not available to the
| general public.
• Volume 8 will be a protectively marked loose-leaf A4 book, planned to be
issued in 2004, primarily concerned with the operation of WECDIS in RN
warships / submarines and RFAs. Volume 8 will not be available to the general
public.
Note. Terms appearing in italics in newer books are defined in the ‘Glossary’ of each book.
BR 100. Magnetic Compass Information and Rules for the Arrangement of

Structures and Fittings in the Vicinity of Magnetic Compasses
This book sets out the functions of magnetic compasses, the grades of compass
positions and the rules concerning ship’s structures, fittings and electrical wiring /
equipment in their vicinity. It states the magnetic compass inspection and adjustment
requirements, including electromagnetic correction facilities, together with wiping and de-
perming information. It tabulates the magnetic safe distances and provides compass
correction tables for use in calculating Deviation Coefficients. This publication provides
a full technical description (with diagrams), of all magnetic compasses currently in service
and is not available to the public.
BR 134. Collisions and Groundings (Hits and Misses)

This protectively marked book contains case histories of collisions, groundings,
berthing incidents and other incidents concerning the safety of ships / submarines and
personnel. The cases are chosen to provide a broad span of useful lessons. This
publication is not available to the public.
BR 453. Seaman’s Guide to International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea

This guide uses a ‘programmed learning’ method to explain the basics of ‘Rule of the
Road’. Useful only at the most basic level of instruction.
BR 453 (Supp). Seaman’s Guide Pocket Book of the International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea (IRPCS)
This guide gives the text of the IRPCS in a concise A6 size booklet.
1-20 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
(0122) BR 454. A Guide to the Collision Avoidance Rules (Cockcroft & Lameijer)
(cont) Known colloquially as ‘Cockcroft’, this book gives much legal background and
interpretation of the IRPCS and is essential reading for all COs, NO and OOWs. It is
complimentary to the IRPCS guidance at BR 45 Volume 6 Chapter 9. The current (2002)
edition in force is the 5th and this has a purple cover (the previous [4th] edition had a pale
grey cover).
BR 875. RFA Quality & Safety Management System (Volumes 1-6)

BR 875 is published on CD and contains the regulations for the RFA (the RFA
equivalent of QRRN).
BR 6620 (004). Machinery Operating Instructions (RN Machinery Drills)

Detailed guidance for machinery breakdown drills.
BR 8478(1/2). Outfit QYF Operating Instructions

Operating instructions for outfit QYF (GPS Receiver).
BR 8675(2). SNAPS Operating Instructions

Operating instructions for SNAPS.
BR 9088. GMDSS Operating Instructions

Operating instructions for GMDSS equipment.
BR 9128. Naval Optical Equipment

Operating instructions for naval optical equipment.
BR 9169(2). Outfit 4ATA Naval Radar Type 1008 - Volume 2

Operating instructions for outfit 4ATA (1008 radar).
BR 9275. Operational Sea Training Guide (OSTG)

Essential reading prior at all levels, prior to undertaking OST.
BR 9276. Warfare Department Standing Orders

Currently (2002) covering frigates and above in the surface flotilla, this book provides
the ‘Ship’s Standing Orders’ level of guidance for the Warfare Department and Chapter
3 (Navigation) is of particular importance to the CO, NO and OOWs.
UK RESTRICTED 1-21
Change 1
0123. Allied Tactical Publications
ATP 10. Submarine Search and Rescue

This book provides a guide for authorities and units involved in NATO Submarine
Search and Rescue (SAR) Operations. British Supplement 2 contains guidance for British
submarine SAR Operations.
ATP 16. Replenishment At Sea

This book gives details of NATO procedures for Replenishment at Sea. The UK
Supplement gives details of intra-RN procedures.
ATP 43. Ship to Ship Towing

Details of towing arrangements in NATO ships and submarines.
ATP 45. Reporting Nuclear Detonations, Biological and Chemical Attacks, and
Predicting and Warning of Associated Hazards and Hazard Areas.
This book provides reporting procedures for nuclear and bio-chemical attacks, and
manual methods of plotting fallout and facilitates the planning of manoeuvring action to
avoid dangerous areas. Due to the introduction of the BRACIS software program into the
Fleet (see Note), ATP 45 is now a reversionary method of calculating this information.
Note. The BRACIS software program (issued to all ships) provides an automated computerised
method of plotting fallout and facilitating the planning of manoeuvring action to avoid dangerous
areas. In RN warships BRACIS is usually held and operated within the Operations Room (or
Meteorological Office if fitted), rather than on the Bridge. In RFAs, BRACIS is usually held and
operated on the Bridge. BRACIS training is not included n the ‘Specialist N’ and ‘n’ courses
and so RFA NOs who have to use it should be given specific additional training.
0124. Other Documents and Information

Lists of navigational and meteorological stores, RNS Forms and stationary products of
interest to the NO, will be found at Appendix 2, together with their management code numbers.
Fleet Admin and General Orders (FLAGOs)

FLAGOs provides detailed administrative guidance for Fleet units.
Fleet Operating Orders (FLOOs)

FLOOs provides detailed operational guidance for Fleet units.
RFA Form 100

RFA Form 100 was withdrawn in 1998. Chapter 1 (Bridge Organisation) was
transferred to BR 875 (RFA Regulations) and Chapter 2 (Voyage / Passage Planning) was
already covered by BR 45 Volume 1. However, authority was given to retain RFA Form
100 Chapter 2 for reference and for the training of new RFA officers in voyage / passage
planning, as it had particularly good illustrations of the ‘step by step’ process of building
of a passage plan. The concept of RFA Form 100 Chapter 2 will be incorporated in the
new edition of BR 45 Volume 4, currently scheduled for 2003.
1-22 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 1 |
|
THE EVOLUTION OF CHART PRODUCTION PROCESSES |
|
1. Background |
British Admiralty charts are produced by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office |
(UKHO). The UKHO was formed (under a different name) in 1795 because, it was said, more |
RN warships were being sunk on uncharted or badly charted shoals than were being lost by enemy |
action. |
|
2. Earlier Chart Reproduction methods |
|
a. Black and White Charts. Originally, charts were engraved on copper plates, with |
the printed copies being taken directly off the plate. This was a slow process which |
involved dampening the paper to obtain the best impression, with a consequent shrinking |
of the chart as the paper dried out. |
|
b. Colour Charts - Lithographic Printing. Once the use of colour was introduced |
into chart making, there was a need for the exact registration of each colour plate during |
the printing process. Thus the instability in chart size from the drying out of damp paper |
was unacceptable. This led to the replacement of direct copperplate printing by |
lithographic reproduction. |
• Stone Printing Plate. The earliest lithographic printing used the surface of a |
flat polished stone. |
• Zinc and Aluminium Printing Plates. Stone printing plates were |
subsequently replaced by a zinc plate and then by aluminium. |
|
c. Master Printing Plate Media. |
• Copper Master Plate. For some time, copper plates continued in use as the |
‘base’ or ‘master’ plate, with the image being transferred to the printing plate |
by either a transfer or a photographic process. The residual use of copperplate |
bases finally ceased in 1981, having been overtaken by plastics and the |
increasing application of modern scribing methods, photo-typesetting and |
computer-assisted cartography. |
• Enamelled Aluminium Master Plate. Other media, such as aluminium sheets |
spray-coated with white enamel, slowly replaced copper as master plates. A |
white enamel surface was ideal for drawing by hand and the resulting image |
was contact photographed, then photo-printed onto another enamelled |
aluminium printing plate and also on a fresh enamel as a permanent ‘master’ |
record. Correction of such a base was easier and quicker than with copper. |
However the continued re-photographing of master plates as corrections were |
incorporated led to a slow but progressive degradation of image quality. |
Enamelled aluminium plates were progressively replaced by plastic |
photographic plates from 1967 onwards, although enamelled aluminium was |
still used for the master plates of some Admiralty charts up to 1987. |
UNCLASSIFIED 1A-1
Change 1
| d. Plastic. When metrication of the Admiralty charts began in 1967, plastic master
| plates were introduced. Under computer control, the graduated chart border, meridians
| and parallels to the required projection, scale and limits were scribed automatically on a
| sheet of plastic film negative. The chart was then partially compiled on the negative,
| using an element of automation. When complete, this negative was used to make the new
| chart compilation on a sheet of plastic, to which further details were added by hand
| during various photographic processes. This plastic sheet was used to make the final
| production negative which was in turn used to make aluminium printing plates. As
| computer power increased in the 1970s and 1980s, increasing levels of automation were
| included in the process, but it still remained a very labourious system.
|
| e. Use of Aluminium Printing Plates. The charts themselves were printed from
| enamelled aluminium printing plates. From the 1980s onwards the off-set process was
| used with the image being transferred from the plate to a rubber cylinder, then to paper
| on a rotary printing press which printed up to four colours in succession as the paper was
| threaded automatically through the machine. Additional detail in other colours was be
| overprinted by repeating this process.
|
| f. Corrections to Printing Plates. With printing plates created by traditional (ie non
| digital) methods, limited corrections and additions could be made to the printing plates
| prior to printing, either at the proof stage of new charts and new editions or,
| subsequently, when amendments announced in Notices to Mariners had to be inserted.
| However, this process had certain technical limitations and, on average, after 5 or 6
| printings, a printing plate would have to be replaced. Thus, in the case of many popular
| charts, reprinted 3 or 4 times each year, new printing plates were required every 1½ to2
| years. Once printing plates based on digital methods were employed (see Para 0110), it
| was no longer cost effective to attempt to correct them and so printing plates became a
| ‘use once’ commodity.
|
| g. Current Digital System. A description of the current digital system for chart
| compilation and production is at Para 0110.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1A-2 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
ISSUE, MANAGEMENT AND RETURN OF CHART OUTFITS
CHAPTER 2
CONTENTS
Para
Purpose and Scope of Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0201
Management of a Chart Outfit - Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0202
SECTION 1 - ISSUE AND OVERALL MANAGEMENT OF A CHART OUTFIT
Supply of a Chart Outfit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0210

Checks and Initial Actions Required on Receipt of a Chart Outfit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0211
Automatic Supply Charts, Publications and Notices to Mariners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0212
Correction State of Chart Outfit on Issue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0213
Protectively Marked Charts and Folios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0214
Special Procedure for Issue of Protectively Marked NP 116 (ACLANT Grid) . . . . . . . . 0215
SECTION 2 - OBTAINING ADDITIONAL CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS
Demands for Additional / Replacement Charts and Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0220

Required Delivery Date (RDD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0221
Foreign Government Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0222
NGS Chart Overlays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0223
Local Purchase of Charts and Publications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0224
SECTION 3 - RETURN OF A CHART OUTFIT
Policy for Landing / Returning / Replacing Chart Folios and Action for NPs . . . . . . . . . 0230
Procedures for Return, Landing or Transfer Chart Outfit or Chart Folios . . . . . . . . . . . . 0231
ANNEX
Annex A: Guide to Ordering Charts and Navigational Publications.

Annex B: Check List for Initial Actions on Receipt of a Chart Outfit
UK RESTRICTED 2-1
Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
2-2 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
CHAPTER 2
ISSUE, M ANAGEMENT AND RETURN OF CHART OUTFITS

The purpose of this chapter is to st at e t he pr oc edu res for the receipt, o verall management
and dispo sal of a chart outfit, and the procedures for demanding additional charts / publications.
The detailed pr ocedu res for the co rrection and up ke ep of the out fit ar e in subsequent chapters.
0202. Management of a Chart Outfit - Definition

The management of a chart out fit is defined as:
‘The systematic utilisation of information from all available approved sources, and
the efficient application of that information to the charts and navigational
publications used, to assi st the Navigating Off icer (NO) / Officer of the Watch
(OOW) to ensure safe navigation.’
0203-0209. Spare
UK RESTRICTED 2-3
Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
2-4 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
SECTION 1 - ISSUE AND OVERALL MANAGEMENT OF A CHART OUTFIT
0210. Supply of a Chart Outfit
a. Role of UKHO. The UKHO at Taunton holds and maintains the main UK stock of
all navigational, met and oceanographic charts, Navigational Publications (NPs) and
Admiralty Notices to Mariners (NM). See also NP 104 Chapter 1 (UKHO chart outfit
procedures).
b. Contact with UKHO - Defence Sales Office. Enquires (letter, FAX, e-mail or
phone) about chart outfit supply should be addressed to the Defence Sales Office, at the
address / contact numbers shown in Appendix 3. At least 14 days advance notice of
requirements should normally be given.
c. UKHO - Timing and Method of Chart Outfit Supply. The UKHO arranges for
the supply of chart outfits either through a Chart Maintenance Unit (CMU), RFA Agent
or direct to ships. Protectively marked material will need to be collected from a CMU,
as follows:
• Initial Outfit - RESTRICTED and Below. The initial issue of chart outfits
to RN warships / submarines and RFAs are normally met by the UKHO for all
charts and publications protectively marked RESTRICTED and below.
• Initial Outfit - CONFIDENTIAL and Above. The initial issue of chart
outfits to RN warships / submarines and RFAs are normally collected from a
CMU (currently situated at Portsmouth, Plymouth, and Faslane).
d. Content of Chart Outfit. The content of chart outfits including Navigational

Publication Sets (NAPS), Meteorological Publication Sets (MOPS) and Meteorological
Chart Sets (MOCS), will be in accordance with the scales laid down in ‘Chart /
Publication Outfits For HM Ships, RFAs and RMAS’ (NP 104), unless the CO requires
a different outfit from standard. Any non-standard element of the chart outfit will be
decided in consultation between the CO / NO and the CINCFLEET Navigation Staff,
depending on the ship’s / submarine’s programme. See also Para 1110.
e. Wallet of H Forms. A wallet (formerly known as the ‘Small Envelope’) containing

H Forms (NP 129) is supplied with each new outfit. See Para 0120 for NP 129 contents.
0211. Checks and Initial Actions Required on Receipt of a Chart Outfit

When a chart outfit is delivered to the ship / submarine there is a substantial amount of
work to be done to set it up ready for use. This applies whether it is the first supply of an outfit
or a re-issue of an outfit. With a re-issue, the workload will be reduced if only the chart folios are
changed, as this will avoid having to correct NPs from new (eg ALRS, ALLFS, SDs etc) - see Para
0230. A check-off list of items to be addressed on receipt of a new chart outfit is at Annex 2B.
0212. Automatic Supply Charts, Publications and Notices to Mariners

Once an outfit has been supplied, UKHO will arrange automatic supply of new charts and
new editions of charts, new editions of appropriate NPs, one copy of each Weekly NM, the
Annual Summary of NMs (AS) and, one copy of each relevant Fleet NMs. Spare copies of any
chart needed must be demanded by the NO (see Paras 0220-0223 and Annex 2A).
UK RESTRICTED 2-5
Change 1
0213. Correction State of Chart Outfit on Issue
a. Permanent Corrections to Charts. Charts are supplied by UKHO correct to the

Weekly NMs at the time of issue, but are NOT corrected for Temporary and Preliminary
NMs (T & Ps) or ‘Radio Navigation Warnings’; see Paras 0213e/f below. Corrections
to charts will have been made up to the NM number shown on the folio correction sheets
(H55 / H55A) in NP 133B and on the folio labels (H119 / H82) which accompany the
outfit. See also Para 0213c (below) for correction of certain Fleet charts for ‘ordinary’
permanent NMs.
b. Charts Due for Replacement by a New Chart / New Edition. When a New Chart
(NC) or New Edition (NE) of a chart is scheduled for publication in the next few weeks
or months, and is not yet available when the chart outfit is issued, the obsolescent chart
is included in the appropriate folio after being corrected as far as possible and is stamped
as follows:
“CAUTION. This chart will shortly be replaced by a New Chart or New Edition
and in the meantime is to be used with caution for navigational purposes.”
c. Correction of Fleet Charts.

• Fleet Corrections. On issue, Fleet charts are corrected for Fleet NMs in the
same way as for non-Fleet charts (see Para 0213a). Appropriate Fleet NMs
are supplied with the outfit of Fleet folios (see Para 0460).
• ‘Ordinary’ Permanent Corrections. Certain Fleet charts (ie those which are
overprints of non-Fleet charts with the same underlying chart number) will be
corrected for ‘ordinary’ permanent NMs in the same way as non-Fleet charts
(see Para 0213a).
• ‘Ordinary’ T&P Corrections. On issue, Fleet charts are NOT corrected for
any ‘ordinary’ T & Ps which may affect them; see Paras 0213d/e below.
d. Weekly Notices to Mariners and Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners. To
enable T & Ps (see Para 0213e), radio warnings (see Para 0213f) and corrections to NPs
(see Para 0213g) to be carried out, the following are supplied with the initial outfit:
• Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners. The Annual Summary of Notices
to Mariners in force on 1 January of the year in question, gives full details of
all T & Ps and corrections to Sailing Directions (SDs) (Pilots), in force at that
time.
• Back-numbers of Weekly NMs. Information from Weekly NMs for the
current year is required to provide the text of T & Ps and a weekly summary
/ text of the radio warnings (NAVAREA etc) published since the 1st January of
that year. Corrections to SDs (Pilots), ALRS and ALLFS are also included, but
may be required from earlier than 1 January of the current year, depending on
the individual ALRS / ALLFS dates of publication. Back-number data is to be
obtained through CMUs but is also freely available via the UKHO website
(www.ukho.gov.uk).
2-6 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
(0213) e. Temporary and Preliminary NMs (T & Ps). On issue, charts are NOT corrected
for Temporary and Preliminary NMs (T & Ps). Charts should be corrected in pencil from
the list of T & Ps in force (see Paras 0430-0432 & 0531). A list of T & Ps is also
published monthly, in Weekly NMs (see Para 0430) and annually in the Annual Summary
of Notices to Mariners (see Para 0482).
f. Radio Warnings. On issue, charts are NOT corrected for NAVAREA or ‘Coastal’
(eg WZ) or ‘Local’ radio warnings. The plotting of radio warnings on charts is to be in
accordance with the procedure at Paras 0531 / 0725.
g. Navigational Publications (NPs).

On issue, NPs supplied with the chart outfit are NOT corrected for NMs. Correction
logs for SDs (Pilots), ALRS and ALLFS should be established when the outfit is issued
(see Paras 0601-0603). Back-numbers of current / previous-year Weekly NMs (and for
SDs, the current AS as well) are to be obtained iaw Para 0213d. Certain other NPs (eg
NPs 100, 111, 131, 201-4 etc) also need to be corrected for NMs (see Paras 0604-0607).
0214. Protectively Marked Charts and Folios
a. Catalogue of Classified Charts and Publications. Details of protectively marked

charts, publications and hydrographic items not normally available for sale to the general
public may be found in the Catalogue of Classified Charts and Publications (NP 111).
b. Restricted and Confidential Charts. RESTRICTED or CONFIDENTIAL charts

may be kept in local or specially made up folios, with covers colour coded iaw JSP 440
RN Supp Para 04113 and clearly marked with the relevant ‘Protective Marking’. Whilst
RESTRICTED or CONFIDENTIAL charts must be given appropriate stowage
protection according to their protective marking (see Para 0918), special recording
procedures are no longer required (see JSP 440 RN Supp Para 04203). If a new chart is
issued or an extra copy obtained, the folio list and NP133B are to be amended.
c. Secret Charts. SECRET (or above) charts must be registered in the NO’s CB
Form R or MoD Form 102 and accounted, controlled and stowed in accordance with JSP
440 RN Supp Paras 04204-04205. There is no requirement to list individual charts in the
CB Form R, but separate pages should be reserved for each folio, with the folio list acting
as a record of contents. New or replacement charts should be recorded on the relevant
page of the CB Form R / MF 102, as should any issue or return of a particular chart.
d. Musters. CB Form R / MoD Form 102 should be signed after musters.
e. Choice of CB Form R / MoD Form 102. CB Form R is an easier document than

a MoD Form 102 from which to sign out individual items to other officers and in vessels
where this will be required, the use of a CB Form R should be the preferred option.
Notes:
1. Central Register. A central register of charts classified CONFIDENTIAL and above is
kept at the UKHO. A copy of all Advice/Destruction notes should be retained with each folio.
2. Ops Room Reference Charts. If Fleet charts are held by the Ops Room as reference
charts, an H55A sheet is to be provided in NP 133B to reflect the charts held (and cross
referenced to the parent folio). These charts should only be corrected for Fleet NMs, and be
stamped ‘Not To Be Used For Navigation’. See also Para 0461j.
UK RESTRICTED 2-7
Change 1
0215. Special Procedure for Issue of Protectively Marked NP 116 (ACLANT Grid). On
issue of a new outfit, NP 116 (ACLANT Grid) must (exceptionally) be collected by the NO from
a CMU.
0216-0219. Spare
2-8 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
SECTION 2 - OBTAINING ADDITIONAL CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS
0220. Demands for Additional / Replacement Charts and Publications

Additional charts may be needed for pilotage / blind pilotage / OST / exercises etc.
a. Method of Demand. Demands for both charts and publications are to be made by
post, fax, signal, or e-mail, on Form H262, to the UKHO Defence Sales Office. Forms
H262C (for charts) and H262B (for books / publications) are now obsolete.
b. Contact Addresses / Numbers and Demand Procedure. Contact addresses /

numbers and detailed guidance on demand procedures are at Annex 2A.
• Signal or E-mail Demands. If making demands by signal or e-mail, the text
should follow the layout of information on Form H262 as far as possible.
• Different Protective Markings. There is now no need to use separate Forms
H262 for items which have different protective markings.
c. Reason for Demand. Care should be taken to ensure economy in demands and that
the reason for any demand is fully stated. Chart accounts are reviewed each month for
unusual patterns of activity and any unexplained demands are investigated.
Note. Charts and NPs are issued on the understanding that they are used for official purposes
only; in the interest of economy, care should be taken to conserve them for as long as possible.
Chart accounts for Fleet units are charged to CINCFLEET's budget.
0221. Required Delivery Date (RDD)
A Required Delivery Date (RDD) and address for supply should be quoted and UKHO
will do everything possible to meet the RDD, but 10-14 days should be allowed if BFPO delivery
is used. Non-urgent demands are NOT to be given an unrealistically urgent RDD. The UKHO
normally re-supplies CMUs on a specific day of the week; the NO should liaise with the CMU for
details.
0222. Foreign Government Charts

On occasions, foreign government charts of an area may be required to supplement the
Admiralty chart. These must be demanded at least four weeks in advance (6 - 8 weeks for US
charts) through the Defence Sales Office at the UKHO. The final decision on the suitability of the
foreign chart viz-a-viz the Admiralty chart will be made by the relevant chart branch at the UKHO.
The RDD must be stated and such charts will only be supplied to a standard address (eg BFPO).
Guidance for the requirement for local charts can usually be found in the CINCFLEET Port
Guide, in advance of visits. Foreign charts are supplied uncorrected (see Para 0434 and NP
104 Chapter 1).
0223. NGS Chart Overlays

NGS chart overlays for areas which currently do not have special charts should be
requested through CINCFLEET Navigation Staff (see BR 45(4) Para 0721d). |
0224. Local Purchase of Charts and Publications

Local purchase of charts or publications should only be made in emergency through an
Admiralty Chart Agent (see list in NP 131). Not all Admiralty Chart Agents keep comprehensive
corrected stocks (see NP 104 Chapter1). Any chart / publication so obtained is to be checked and
if not corrected up to date, action is to be taken iaw Chapters 4 & 7 to update it.
UK RESTRICTED 2-9
Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
2-10 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
SECTION 3 - RETURN OF A CHART OUTFIT
0230. Policy for Landing / Returning / Replacing Chart Folios and Action for NPs
a. Landing / Returning / Replacing of Chart Outfits. If the ship / submarine is

alongside for a protracted period, it may be appropriate either to land the chart folios to
a CMU, or to return or replace the entire outfit, depending on circumstances. The criteria
for any such decision, which should be taken in consultation with CINCFLEET
Navigation Staff and the UKHO Defence Sales Office, are as follows:
• RN. In RN warships and submarines, chart folios are normally updated by
CMUs at frequent intervals and thus are never normally more than 2 years old.
If chart folios have been held for 2 years without having been serviced by a
CMU, they should be exchanged at this point.
• RFAs Class 1 - Passenger Ships. These ships normally have a refit every 3
years with an annual ‘short refit’ period. Chart folios should be sent to a CMU
during the 3-yearly refit, or during one of the annual ‘short refit’ periods if the
refit interval exceeds 3 years. If CMUs are unable to service the chart folios
(due to other commitments), the folios must be replaced. In all cases, chart
folios must be replaced / serviced at least every 3 years.
• RFAs Class VII/VII(T) - Other than Passenger Ships. These ships normally
have a refit every 5 years with an intermediate docking period 2½ years after
refit. Chart folios should be sent to a CMU every 2½ years (ie at refit and
intermediate docking).If CMUs are unable to service the chart folios (due to
other commitments), the folios must be replaced. In all cases, chart folios must
be replaced / serviced at least every 3 years.
b. Policy for Retaining or Returning NPs Associated with Chart Outfit. The
criteria are as follows for any decision to retain or return NPs when the chart folios are
to be returned or replaced (see Para 0230a):
• Land Chart Folios Alone. If the ship / submarine is to be alongside for a
limited period, but continues to be manned, it is usually better to land the chart
folios to a CMU and retain the outfit of NPs on board. It is much easier to
maintain existing NP corrections / logs (especially NP 77-84 [ALLFS] / NP
281-288 [ALRS] / NPs 1-72 [SDs]) than to correct a whole new set of NPs
from a ‘standing start’ if the NPs are supplied with a new outfit. RFAs in refit
(or other non-operational time) normally remain manned and adopt this
procedure (see Para 0230a and Note to Annex 2B).
• Return Entire Outfit. If the ship / submarine is to be non-operational for a
protracted period and will be either unmanned or lack the trained manpower
needed to implement the NP corrections properly, it may be best to return the
entire outfit. This is particularly appropriate if no officer will be available to
supervise the NP corrections, as an incorrectly maintained NP appearing to
have been maintained correctly is potentially dangerous. RFAs do not
normally adopt this procedure.
c. Return of Associated NPs when Part of the Outfit is Returned. If part of the
chart outfit is returned (eg a ship returning from deployment no longer requires
deployment folios), then the NPs associated exclusively with those folios should also
be returned.
UK RESTRICTED 2-11
Change 1
0231. Procedures for Return, Landing or Transfer Chart Outfit or Chart Folios
a. Prior Arrangements with CINCFLEET and UKHO. CINCFLEET Navigational

Staff and the UKHO Defence Sales Office should be consulted in advance when outfits
are to be returned / landed. Form H11 (see NP 129) is used to make the transfer to
UKHO / CMU. CINCFLEET has an interest in the changed operational capability
resulting from a change in the chart outfit held and the UKHO are concerned with the
detailed arrangements necessary.
b. Transfers Between Officers in Same Ship. Transfers between officers in the same
ship / submarine (eg handover) are to be notified immediately to the UKHO using Form
H11.
c. Direct Transfers between Ships and Establishments. If chart folios / NPs or a

chart outfit has to be transferred directly between ships or establishments without passing
them through a CMU (or UKHO), then the procedure at Para 0231b above applies.
Wherever possible, Protectively Marked charts and publications should be transferred
through CMUs.
d. Return of Worn-out Items. When returning chart folios, NPs or chart outfits, any
individual charts or publications which have come to the end of their useful life through
usage should be disposed of without reference to the UKHO.
Note. See ‘Additional Chart Outfit Preparations for RFA’s Entering Refit’ at Appendix 4
Para 10, and ‘RFA Chart Outfit Maintenance in Refit’ at Appendix 4 Para 11.
2-12 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 2
GUIDE TO ORDERING CHARTS AND NAVIGATIONAL PUBLICATIONS
1. Form H262. Use the (new) Form H262 to demand all products supplied by the UKHO. |
If making demands by signal or e-mail, the text should follow the sequence of information on |
Form H262. Only one copy of a demand form need be sent (if making a demand by FAX / e-mail |
/ signal etc, DO NOT send a ‘hard’ copy in the post as well, as this may cause a duplicate issue |
to be made). However, DO keep a duplicate copy of the demand for reference. A copy of Form |
H262 is shown overleaf at Fig 2A-1. |
2. Protective Markings. There is now no need to use separate Forms H262 for items |
which have different protective markings. |
3. Account Number. The ship’s account number should always be quoted. |
4. RDD. State the Required Delivery Date (RDD). (See Para 0221) |
5. Listing in Numerical Sequence. List charts and NPs separately, in numerical sequence, |
and where necessary enter the prefix / suffix in the appropriate box. An ‘S’ in the suffix column |
will be sufficient when ordering book supplements; the latest supplement will always be supplied.
6. Avoid Short Cuts. Do not take short cuts: |

• Avoid ‘Charts 5124 (1 to 12)’; the notation ‘5124 1’, ‘5124 2’ etc should be used.
• Do not use ‘Ditto’ anywhere other than in the ‘Reason for Demand’ column.
7. Reason for Demand. Complete the ‘Reason for Demand’ column. |
8. Multiple Page Demands. Number Form H262 multiple pages eg 1 of 3, 2 of 3, etc. |
9. Authorisation. Ensure that the demand is signed by the NO or Meteorological Officer |

as appropriate.
10. Method of Demand. Post , fax, signal, or e-mail demands to: |

• ADDRESS Defence Sales Office, UK Hydrographic Office, |
Admiralty Way, TAUNTON, Somerset, TA1 2DN. |
• FAX +44 (0)1823 330561 |
• SIGNAL HYDROUK TAUNTON (FOR DEFENCE SALES |
OFFICE) |
• e-mail defencesales@ukho.gov.uk |
• PHONE +44 (0)1823 337900 Ext 3211 / 3213 |
|
UK RESTRICTED 2A-1
Change 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Fig 2A-1. Copy of Form H262 (Revised July 2001)
|
2A-2 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 2
CHECK LIST FOR INITIAL ACTIONS ON RECEIPT OF A CHART OUTFIT
The following checks should be made on receipt of the chart outfit:

G Muster the folios against those listed on the Advice Note.
G Check the associated NPs against the allowance in NP 104 / NP111.
G Collect NP 116 from the CMU (see Para 0215)
G Check current Annual Summary (AS) is supplied. Through the CMU, arrange
supply of necessary back copies of Weekly NMs and Fleet NMs (see Para 0213d).
G Check the edition status of NPs against latest quarterly list in Weekly NMs Sect II.
G Check the charts in each folio against the folio list (see Para 0112d).
G Check the thumb-labels to ensure no chart is incorrectly labelled, and insert the folio
number on thumb-labels in pencil (see Para 0112e).
G Check that the latest permanent correction numbers on the folio labels (Forms H119
/ H82), are also on folio correction sheets (Forms H55 / H55A) for each folio in the
‘Chart Correction Log and Folio Index’ (NP 133B).
G When all above checks are complete, sign, date and file the Advice Note. The
UKHO Defence Sales Office should be informed of any discrepancies.
G Insert the duplicate folio lists (see Para 0112d) directly before folio correction sheets
(Forms H55 / H55A) for each folio in NP 133B (Chart Correction Log & Folio
Index).
G Establish entries in NP 133B for multiple copies of charts (see Para 0511).
G Record relevant details of charts and publications protectively marked SECRET and
above on CB Form R (see Para 0214).
G Establish any local folios required (see Para 0470).
G Establish (or update in RFAs - see Note) the log for Temporary and Preliminary
NMs (T & Ps) / plot on relevant charts (see Para 0213e).
G Establish (or update in RFAs - see Note) the log for radio warnings / plot on relevant
charts (see Para 0213f).
G Establish (or update in RFAs - see Note) the log for corrections of Sailing
Directions (see Para 0213g).
G Correct Admiralty List of Lights and & Fog Signals (ALLFS), Admiralty List of
Radio Signals (ALRS) and other NPs (see Para 0213g).
G Correct charts for any permanent NM published since the number shown on the folio
correction sheets (Forms H55 / H55A) (see Paras 0426-0427 and 0530). |
G Establish (or update in RFAs - see Note) the Spot Check Log (see Paras 1111 and
Annex 11A).
G Provide the local CMU with a ‘rolling plan’ for chart servicing (see Para 0302b).
Note. RFAs usually retain and maintain most NPs, the T&P Log, the NAVTEX Log and the
Spot Check Log, even when in refit or otherwise non-operational (see Para 0230).
UK RESTRICTED 2B-1
Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
2B-2 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
THE ROLE OF THE CHART MAINTENANCE UNIT (CMU)
CHAPTER 3
CONTENTS
Para
Initial Supply of Charts / Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0301
Use of the CMU by Ships / Submarines for Chart Servicing and Upkeep . . . . . . . . . . . . 0302 |
Liaison with the CMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0303 |
UK RESTRICTED 3-1
Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
3-2 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
CHAPTER 3
0301. Initial Supply of Charts / Publications

The Chart Maintenance Unit (CMU) will provide charts and publications protectively |
marked CONFIDENTIAL or above to meet the needs of a chart outfit and will accept their |
return, as directed by the UKHO. The initial outfit of UNCLASSIFIED / RESTRICTED charts |
and publications may also be routed through the CMU by the UKHO if appropriate. |
0302. Use of the CMU by Ships / Submarines for Chart Servicing and Upkeep |
The tasks of CMUs are at NP 104 Chapter 1, of which the following is a summary: |
a. CMU Tasking and Priorities. The CMU will assist in the programmed servicing |
and upkeep of chart folios that comprise the standard outfits as appropriate to RN |
warships and submarines, giving priority to ships in their own Base Ports. Visiting |
ships (including RFAs, which do not generally have a Base Port) and certain Royal |
Marines units may also use the CMU facilities, subject to agreement of the OIC CMU, |
and provided that this work does NOT interfere with the CMU’s priority tasking. |
b. Rolling Plan for Folio Servicing. To assist in the planning of the CMU workload, |
the (RN) NO should prepare a twelve month forecast of the ship’s / submarine’s |
programme, updated every six months or immediately if major changes occur, showing |
the intended folios to be landed at each occasion of visiting the Base Port. RFA NOs |
should identify possible occasions when the chart outfit could be landed to CMUs and |
forward a proposed programme to the appropriate OIC CMU. |
c. Use of CMU Facilities for Chart Upkeep by NY. In addition to the programmed |
correction of chart folios, agreement may be reached between the NO and the OIC CMU |
for the NY to use the facilities of the CMU to carry out chart upkeep work. This is |
particularly useful if noisy maintenance work, interruptions of power / ventilation / air |
conditioning or other distractions / noise are likely to occur on board a vessel alongside. |
Assistance and advice may be given on technical matters relating to the maintenance of
the chart outfit.
d. Use of CMU Facilities for Navigational Planning by NO. For the same reasons |
as at Para 0302c above, it may also be possible for the NO to arrange to use CMU |
facilities to carry out navigational planning. |
e. Emergency Chart Folio Issue. CMUs usually maintain one set of charts and |
associated publications within the geographical coverage of folios 1-20 for emergency |
issue as folios or loose charts to any vessel requiring an addition to their standard outfit. |
If at all possible, prior notice of any such requirement should be given to the UKHO. |
0303. Liaison with the CMU |

In view of Para 0302 above, it is self evident that the best service can only be obtained |
and maintained if both the NO and the NY maintain a close liaison with the CMU on a regular and |
frequent basis. On joining, the new NO should pay a liaison visit to the CMU (ideally with the |
outgoing NO to introduce the new NO), to ascertain all the facilities that are available at that particular |
base. Should a vessel be in other than its Base Port, application can be made to the OIC of the |
CMU to find out what facilities could be made available, bearing in mind the needs of the base-
ported ships. The telephone numbers of the three CMUs are at Appendix 3. |
UK RESTRICTED 3-3
Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
3-4 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
ADMIRALTY NOTICES TO MARINERS - CONTENT AND PROCEDURES
CHAPTER 4
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 - WEEKLY NOTICES TO MARINERS (NM) - OVERVIEW

Para
Weekly NM - Content, Tracings, Actions Required and Retention Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 0401
SECTION 2 - ‘SECTION I’ OF WEEKLY NM - CONTENT AND PROCEDURES
Weekly NM Section I - Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0410

Weekly NM Section I - Explanatory Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0411
Weekly NM Section I - New Admiralty Charts (NC) and Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0412 |
Weekly NM Section I - New Editions (NE) of Admiralty Charts and Publications . . . . . 0413 |
Weekly NM Section I - Charts Scheduled for Publication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0414 |
Weekly NM Section I - Charts Permanently Withdrawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0415 |
Weekly NM Section I - Erratum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0416 |
SECTION 3 - ‘SECTION II / IIA’ OF WEEKLY NM - CONTENT & PROCEDURES |
Weekly NM Section II / IIA - Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0420 |

Weekly NM Section II - The Geographical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0421 |
Weekly NM Section II - Index of Notices and Chart Folios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0422 |
Weekly NM Section II - Index of Charts Affected - Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0423 |
Weekly NM Section II - Miscellaneous Updates to Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0424 |
Weekly NM Section II - NMs for Information of Bridge Watchkeeping Officers . . . . . . 0425 |
Weekly NM Section II - Logging Weekly Notices - NP 133B Folio Correction Sheets . 0426 |
Weekly NM Section II - Logging and Applying Block / Note Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . 0427 |
Weekly NM Section II - Temporary and Preliminary NMs (T & Ps) - T & P Log . . . . . . 0428 |
Weekly NM Section II - T & Ps - Updating NP133B Folio Correction Sheets . . . . . . . . 0429 |
Weekly NM Section II - Policy for Plotting of T & Ps on Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0430 |
Weekly NM Section IIA - New Zealand (NZ) NMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0431 |
Correcting Foreign and Local Purchase Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0432 |
SECTION 4 - ‘SECTIONS III-VI’ OF WEEKLY NM - CONTENT AND PROCEDURES
Weekly NM Section III - Worldwide Radio Navigational Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0440

Weekly NM Section IV - Correction to Admiralty Sailing Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0441
Weekly NM Section V - Corrections to Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals . . . . . 0442
Weekly NM Section VI - Corrections to Admiralty List of Radio Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 0443
SECTION 5 - MONTHLY / QUARTERLY LISTS IN WEEKLY NM - PROCEDURES
Monthly Lists in Weekly Edition of Notices to Mariners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0450

Quarterly List in Weekly Edition of Notices to Mariners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0451
.........................continued
UNCLASSIFIED 4-1
Change 2
SECTION 6 - FLEET NM - CONTENT AND PROCEDURES

Para
Fleet Notices to Mariners - Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0460
Fleet Notice to Mariners - Action to be Taken on Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0461
SECTION 7 - WEEKLY NM - PROCEDURES FOR LOCAL FOLIOS
Local Folio Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0470
SECTION 8 - ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NM - CONTENT AND PROCEDURES
Content of the Annual Summary (AS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0480

Section 1 of Annual Summary (AS) - Annual NM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0481
Section 2 of Annual Summary (AS) - Temporary and Preliminary (T&P) Notices . . . . . 0482
Section 3 of Annual Summary (AS) - Corrections to Sailing Directions (SDs) . . . . . . . . 0483
Updating of the Annual Summary (AS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0484
4-2 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
CHAPTER 4
SECTION 1 - WEEKLY NOTICES TO MARINERS (NM) - OVERVIEW
0401. Weekly NM - Content, Tracings, Actions Required and Retention Time
a. Content. The Weekly Notices to Mariners (Weekly NMs) booklet contains

information which may affect safe navigation and enables charts and NPs to be kept up
to date. Weekly NM Section I also gives internet addresses where NMs may be obtained.
b. Tracings. A bundle of tracings accompanies the Weekly NMs; each chart

correction in Weekly NM Section II has a tracing applicable to any chart affected unless
it is only affected by a block correction.
c. Reading of Weekly NMs. Weekly NMs are to be read carefully, initially by the
Navigating Officer (NO), then by the Spot Check Officer and then by the person who will
be correcting the charts (the Navigator’s Yeoman (NY) or equivalent).
CAUTION
WEEKLY NMs ARE TO BE READ CAREFULLY, INITIALLY BY THE

NAVIGATING OFFICER AND SPOT CHECK OFFICER AND THEN BY
THE PERSON WHO WILL BE CORRECTING THE CHARTS.
d. Action by NO. After having read Weekly NMs, the NO should note on the front
cover of the booklet any items of particular importance. These could include specific
items affecting charts in use, priorities for chart correction (see Para 0530b) or of general
interest to other Bridge watchkeeping officers (if so, they should be photocopied for
circulation - see Para 0425 / Fig 4-4). Cover notations also assist in relocating important |
NMs at a later date.
e. Action by Spot Check Officer. After perusal (Firstly) by the NO, the Weekly
NMs should be passed (Secondly) to the NY (or equivalent) for action to correct the
charts and publications, and thence, (Thirdly) to the Spot Check officer who will select
several corrections for subsequent checking (see Para 1111 and Annex 11A Paras 2a/b).
f. Weekly NM Booklets - Retention State. Except for the removal of chart blocks
/ notes (which are stuck directly onto charts), Weekly NM booklets are NOT to be cut up
to correct NPs etc. Exceptionally, if a copy of any other part of the Weekly NM booklet
is required, a photocopy should be taken, leaving the booklet intact. See also Para 0212.
g. Weekly NM Booklets - Retention Time. Intact Weekly NM booklets are to be

retained in sequence (see Para 0533), from the earliest of the following dates:
• 1st January of the current year (booklets immediately available).
• Date of issue of earliest ALLFS /ALRS (booklets immediately available).
• Date of issue of chart outfit or date of CMU servicing of chart outfit.
0402-0409. Spare |
UNCLASSIFIED 4-3
Change 2
SECTION 2 - ‘SECTION I’ OF WEEKLY NM - CONTENT AND PROCEDURES
0410. Weekly NM Section I - Summary

The Weekly NM are passed to the NY (or equivalent) who notes and actions the NO’s
| comments and starts the correction process, starting with Weekly NM Section I which contains:
| a. Guidance notes on how to obtain NMs on-line via the internet.
| b. Explanatory notes for the use of charts and associated publications.
| c. New Charts (NC), New Editions (NE) and new Navigational Publications (NPs)
| now published and available.
| d. New Charts (NC), New Editions (NE) and new Navigational Publications (NPs)
| scheduled to be published soon (with intended publishing date).
| e. Admiralty charts and publications permanently withdrawn.
| f. Erratum for any previous Weekly NMs containing a misprint.
0411. Weekly NM Section I - Explanatory Notes

| The explanatory notes (see Para 0410b) are standard guidelines issued by the UKHO for
the upkeep of nautical charts and publications. They form a useful guide to the contents of NMs.
| 0412. Weekly NM Section I - New Admiralty Charts (NC) and Publications
a. Logging of NCs. Log all New Charts (NCs) applicable to the folios held in the
chart outfit on to the appropriate folio correction sheet in Part I of NP 133B, next to the
last correction number. Log NCs in pencil to indicate charts declared as published in NMs
but not yet received; when they are received, overwrite in RED (this method negates the
need to complete the NC / NE pages at the front of NP 133B). If any corrections are
published for a NC before it is received, they should be logged in the usual way following
NC details.
b. NCs Additional to the Folio. If the NC is additional to the folio, and therefore
not on the correction sheet, add it to the sheet in numerical sequence. Where there is no
room, add the chart number in the nearest available empty space and indicate correct
position with a RED arrow. An example of this is at Fig 4-1. In addition, add the
relevant folio number against the chart number in Part II of NP 133B.
Fig 4-1. Example of insertion of a new chart into NP 133B Chart Correction Sheet
(NC details (NC 13.01.02) are in pencil if it has not been received but in RED if it has arrived)
4-4 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
(0412) c. Amending NPs 109 and 131 (Chart Catalogues). For NCs, draw in the area |
covered and record the chart number and title in NPs 109 / 131 (Chart Catalogues), as
detailed in Weekly NM Section I. This only requires to be done for any areas in which the |
vessel may operate until the next NP 109 or 131 is issued (usually December). See Paras
0604 / 0605 for details of correction procedure for NP131 / NP109 respectively.
d. New Charts (NC) affecting P Notices. Some NCs cancel ‘P Notices’ (T &Ps).
The T & P cancellation procedure in these cases is at Paras 0428c / 0429b-c. |
e. Amending Folios Lists for NCs. The folio list on the folio cover and the
duplicate folio list in NP 133B are to be amended ONLY when a NC is received onboard.
If it is an additional new chart to the folio, and not already listed, add it to the list in
numerical sequence. Where there is insufficient space available, add the details of the chart
in the nearest available space and indicate its correct position by a RED arrow.
0413. Weekly NM Section I - New Editions (NE) of Admiralty Charts and Publications |
a. Logging of New Editions (NEs). Log all New Editions (NEs) applicable to the
folios held in the chart outfit on to the appropriate folio correction sheet in Part I of NP
133B, next to the last correction number. Log NEs in pencil to indicate charts mentioned
in NMs but not yet received; when they are received, enter in RED. This procedure is
exactly similar to that for NCs (Para 0412a above). |
b. Amending NPs 109 and 131 (Chart Catalogues). For NEs, amend the date in
the ‘New Edition’ column of NPs 109 / 131 (Chart Catalogues) and check the other
information is correct. The charted area covered may not have changed, but if it has, the
procedure for NC (see Para 0412c above and Paras 0604 / 0605) should be adopted. |
c. New Editions (NE) affecting P Notices. Some NEs cancel ‘P Notices’ (T &Ps).
The T & P cancellation procedure in these cases is at Paras 0428c / 0429b-c. |
d. Admiralty Publications (NPs). These NMs refer to replacement editions of NPs

including SDs, Supplements to SDs, ALLFS and ALRS. Detailed instructions for action
required are at Chapter 6.
UNCLASSIFIED 4-5
Change 2
| 0414. Weekly NM Section I - Charts Scheduled for Publication

| Weekly NM Section I gives advance information of NC / NEs / NPs to be published in the
next few weeks or months, under the title: ‘ADMIRALTY CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS TO
BE PUBLISHED’. The intended date of publication is included in the heading. Other than
highlighting the item and drawing it to the NO’s attention if it affects the vessel (with a view to
ordering spare copies if required - see Note below), no action is required. An example is of
advance information is at Fig 4-2 opposite.
Note. If multiple copies of a chart ‘To be published’ as a NE / NC are held (eg for pilotage /
blind pilotage / OST etc - particularly those held in local folios), sufficient additional copies of
the NE /NC should be demanded as soon as possible using the procedure at Para 0220. The
UKHO will not normally issue a ‘old’ version of a chart if a NE / NC is imminent, but as a
safeguard, the NE / NC version of the chart should be specified in the remarks section of H262.
Fig 4-2. Example of NM Giving Advance Warning of Publication
4-6 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
0415. Weekly NM Section I - Charts Permanently Withdrawn |

This contains a list of the ‘Charts Withdrawn’ either on the publication of a NC / NE or
without replacement.
a. Chart Withdrawn Without Replacement. When a chart is withdrawn
‘without replacement’ the following action should be taken:
• Chart - The chart should be removed from the folio.
• Folio Lists - The chart should be deleted from the folio lists in NP 133B
Part 1 and on the folio cover.
• Folio Correction Sheets (H55 / H55A) - Delete the chart number in
RED and annotate ‘Chart Withdrawn’ on the correction line of folio
correction sheets.
• NP 133B Part II - The folio number should be deleted from the Part II
index of the correction log.
• NP 131 (Chart Catalogue). The chart should be deleted from all sections
of NP 131 / NP 109 (Chart Catalogues).
b. Chart Withdrawn on Publication of a Replacement (Chart Number

Changed). When a chart is withdrawn on publication of a NC, and the chart number has
changed, the following action should be taken (see Paras 0412-0414 for procedures for |
recording the replacement chart):
• NP 133B - Part II (Index). Delete the folio number(s) against the chart
number. Do NOT delete the chart number, as it may be re-used in future.
• NP 133B - Part I. Delete the chart number on folio correction sheet.
• NP 109 / 131 - Delete page numbers from the index adjacent to the chart
affected. Do NOT delete the chart number, as it may be re-used in future.
• Chart - If the NC has NOT yet been received, mark in pencil on the old
chart ‘To be withdrawn on receipt of new chart’, adding the new chart
number of the replacement.
• Folio Lists - The folio list on the folio cover and the duplicate folio list in
NP 133B are to be amended when the chart is removed from the folio. All
details (including chart number) must be crossed through in RED ink. |
Note. The list of charts on the folio cover is not affected until the new chart is received. This
procedure is covered at Para 0412e. |
c. Chart Withdrawn on Publication of a Replacement (Same Chart Number).
When a chart is withdrawn on publication of a NC / NE, and the chart number remains the
same, a simple substitution is required (see Paras 0412-0414 for procedures for recording |
the replacement chart).
0416. Weekly NM Section I - Erratum |

Amendments to previous Weekly NMs are specified in a subsequent Weekly NM Section I. |
If this occurs the Weekly NM specified should be checked and any action taken. |
0417-0419. Spare |
UNCLASSIFIED 4-7
Change 2
| INTENTIONALLY BLANK
4-8 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
SECTION 3 - ‘SECTION II / IIA’ OF WEEKLY NM - CONTENT & PROCEDURES |
0420. Weekly NM Section II / IIA - Summary |

Weekly NM Section II contains the following information, except for corrections to NZ |
charts which are contained in Section IIA. Section IIA is located within Section II. |
a. Geographical index. |
|
b. Index of Notices (Weekly NMs) and chart folios. |
|
c. Index of charts affected |
|
d. Miscellaneous updates to charts and ‘General Information’ NMs. |
|
e. Permanent corrections to charts (including all adopted AUS charts). |
|
f. Corrections of a ‘Temporary or Preliminary’ nature (T & Ps). |
|
g. Section IIA - Corrections for NZ charts |
|
h. Monthly List of T & Ps in force. |
|
i. Quarterly List of (Hydrographic) Navigational Publications (NPs) in force. |
|
j. Notes and blocks that accompany permanent corrections. |
0421. Weekly NM Section II - The Geographical Index |
a. Admiralty Publications and Miscellaneous. In the ‘GEOGRAPHICAL

INDEX’, sub paragraph (1) shows which pages deal with ‘Admiralty Publications and
Miscellaneous’ items. Those pages should be read carefully by both the NO and NY (or
equivalent).
b. Geographic Areas. The next 25 sub paragraphs (2-26) of the ‘GEOGRAPHICAL

INDEX’ detail the pages on which the chart corrections for particular geographic areas
appear. This enables mariners interested in specific areas to quickly check any NM
relating to that area.
c. T & Ps. The final paragraph (27) details the pages on which T & Ps are found.
|
UNCLASSIFIED 4-9
Change 2
| 0422. Weekly NM Section II - Index of Notices and Chart Folios

The ‘INDEX OF NOTICES AND CHART FOLIOS’ shows which standard folios are
affected by the NM in that particular Weekly NM, listed by NM number.
a. Checking for Folios Affected. Use the folio check list (NP 133B) to determine
which folios are held. In the Weekly NM Index, highlight the relevant NMs for the folios
| held. If no folio is indicated in the right hand column, it may concern a publication or a
T & P with wide coverage and each such NM must be assessed individually.
b. Correlation of Notices and Folios. In Weekly NM Section I, the page which

holds the correction is listed against each NM number. Turn to Weekly NM Section II:
in each relevant NM, highlight the charts held and write the folio affected above each
highlighted chart number. This procedure should be repeated for all relevant NMs in
Weekly NM Section I. NMs listed after the T & Ps in Weekly NM Section I are identified
as ‘MISCELLANEOUS CHART CORRECTIONS’, which are the first corrections in
Weekly NM Section II.
| 0423. Weekly NM Section I - Index of Charts Affected - Uses

The ‘INDEX OF CHARTS AFFECTED’, found in Weekly NM Section I, lists in
numerical order all charts affected by the Weekly NM. It is extremely useful information which
can be used for a variety of purposes, as follows:
a. Chart Not Yet Received. If a chart has not yet been received and is affected by
a NM, note the NM number (from the right hand column next to the chart number) on the
relevant folio correction sheet. This information may also be obtained from Weekly NM
Section II.
b. Updating NP 234 (Cumulative List of NMs). If required, the ‘INDEX OF

CHARTS AFFECTED’ can be used to update NP 234 (Cumulative List of NMs).
c. Fleet Charts. The ‘INDEX OF CHARTS AFFECTED’ is particularly useful for

checking whether any ‘ordinary’ corrections have been missed for those Fleet charts
which are overprints of ordinary navigational charts (see Para 0111b).
d. Limited Sets of Charts. In addition, for craft or establishments which maintain

a limited set of charts sequentially, rather than in folios, the ‘INDEX OF CHARTS
AFFECTED’ provides an easy check on the NMs in numerical order affecting each chart.
4-10 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
0424. Weekly NM Section II - Miscellaneous Updates to Charts |

The correction number on the left of the ‘MISCELLANEOUS UPDATES TO CHARTS’
heading in Weekly NM Section II refers to all charts listed against that NM. The NM shows the
chart numbers affected, their last correction and the change required. Establish if any of the folios
held are affected by using the ‘INDEX OF NOTICES AND FOLIOS’ (see Para 0422). Use NP |
133B Part II to determine which charts are in those folios, then log and correct as for a permanent
correction. An example of a Miscellaneous Chart Correction is at Fig 4-3 below.
Fig 4-3. Example of a Miscellaneous Chart Correction
0425. Weekly NM Section II - NMs for Information of Bridge Watchkeeping Officers |

NMs that may be of interest to the NO / Bridge watchkeeping officers should be |
photocopied for circulation (see Paras 0401d/f). If appropriate, they may be included in the
Bridge File. An example of this type of NM is at Fig 4-4.
Fig 4-4. Example of NM of Interest to Bridge Watchkeeping Officers
UNCLASSIFIED 4-11
Change 2
| 0426. Weekly NM Section II - Logging Weekly Notices - NP 133B Folio Correction Sheets
|
a. Step 1. Turn to the pages in the Weekly NM which contain the NMs which affect
the outfit held. Each NM contains a list of chart numbers which are followed by the last
correction [in square brackets]. The NM number and its heading should be highlighted.
The charts in the outfit which are affected should also be highlighted, with the folio
| number concerned written adjacent to the chart number. The geodetic datum of each
| chart affected is also shown. An example of a typical permanent NM, annotated with
explanations, is at Fig 4-5 below.
Fig 4-5. Example of Typical Permanent Notice, with Explanations
| b. Step 2. Turn to the appropriate NP 133B folio correction sheet for each chart
| concerned (see Fig 4-6 opposite - chart 1785, first in list affected by NM 881/-03).
c. Step 3. Check that the number contained in brackets in the NM agrees with the last
correction in NP 133B, and if, so enter the new NM number in NP 133B in VIOLET ink.
If the previous correction is from a different year, the year must be shown first in RED
before the NM number. On completion cross through the chart number in the Weekly
NM, in pencil.
d. Step 4. Repeat Step 3 for multiple copies of a chart held in the same folio, and
repeat Steps 2 & 3 for cross-referenced charts in other folios (eg Local / Fleet folios etc).
Note 1. If a NC / NE has been previously issued, the date of publication rather than a
number will be in the brackets.
Note 2. If the last correction number in NP 133B is different to that shown in the brackets
of the NM item, use the index at front of NP 234 to identify Weekly NM concerned, check that
Weekly NM to see if the NM has been missed, then check the chart to see if it has been plotted
/ recorded. If NM has been missed and not plotted on the chart, locate the tracing, and with text
of the NM, plot and record the missing correction.
4-12 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
e. Example. An example of a completed NP 133B Chart Correction Sheet is shown

at Fig 4-6 (below). For clarity, the NM numbers have NOT been crossed through, |
indicating that they have NOT been plotted on the relevant chart (see Para 0530m).
Fig 4-6. Example of Completed NP 133B Chart Correction Sheet (Corrections not Plotted)
(Note 1. For clarity, pencil cross ticks have been omitted from above examples)
(Note 2. The ‘Radio Nav Warning’ column may be used T & Ps - see Para 0429a) |
(Note 3. Above corrections are representative only and must NOT be used for navigation)
UNCLASSIFIED 4-13
Change 2
| 0427. Weekly NM Section II - Logging and Applying Block / Note Corrections

Blocks and Note corrections accompany permanent corrections and are to be cut out
from Weekly NM Section II and stuck onto the chart as directed by the permanent NM in Weekly
NM Section II. Where more than one copy of a chart is held, additional blocks must be ordered
from the UKHO or CMU. The logging procedure is as follows, but see also Para 0523 for
instructions concerning adhesives and storage of blocks.
• Turn to the NP 133B folio correction sheet for the chart concerned.
• When a ‘BLOCK’ or ‘NOTE’ accompanies a correction, the NM number logged

should indicate this by the insertion of ‘(B)’ after the NM number for block
corrections and ‘(N)’ for note corrections. If there is a correction that requires both
a block and a note to be added then the NM number is to be followed by the notation
‘(B+N)’.
| 0428. Weekly NM Section II - Temporary and Preliminary NMs (T & Ps) - T & P Log
Temporary and Preliminary NMs (T & Ps) are found at the end of Weekly NM Section
II. The T & P Monthly List (ML) is published at the end of each month in Weekly NMs. A list
is provided at the top of the ML of T & Ps cancelled since the last ML was issued (see Fig 4-7).
Fig 4-7. Extract of Typical T & P Monthly List (ML), showing Cancellation List at Top
a. Contents of T & P Log. A‘T & P Log’ made from a ring binder should include:
• Geographical Index. A photocopy of the ‘GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX’ from
Weekly NM Sect I is to be inserted at the front with required areas highlighted.
• Monthly List of T & Ps in Force. A photocopy of the latest Monthly List
(ML) of T & Ps in force (see Fig 4-7) is to be inserted into the Log, and areas
managed highlighted. The latest ML becomes the ‘Master Tote’ and
replaces the previous ML (which may be removed from the T & P Log.)
• Updating of ML by Weekly NM T&Ps. Each Weekly NM contains new T
& Ps and some cancellations. The ML should be updated in manuscript from
| the Weekly NM for these additions / cancellations (see details at Para 0428b/c).
4-14 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
b. T& P Log Action on Receipt of Weekly NM. The full text of new T & Ps is at the
end of Weekly NM Section II. T & Ps are to be checked using the ML (see Fig 4-7)
which becomes the master T & P list, and T & Ps affecting charts held should be ticked
in pencil on the ML and noted in the T & P column of NP 133B (see Para 0429b below). |
T & Ps published between the issue of MLs should be logged onto blank tote sheets (see
App 5) until the issue of a new ML which then becomes the new master list. Cancelled
T & Ps should be ruled through in RED / RED highlighter on the ML page or tote
sheets.
Note. T & P text is found either in the Weekly NM (current year) or in the AS (previous year).
The NP 234 (Cumulative List of NMs) index may be extended in manuscript to the current date,
to give a complete index for the Weekly NM edition containing the text of a particular T & P).
|
c. T & Ps Partially Cancelled by a NE or NC. Although the ML provides a list of
recently cancelled T & Ps (see Fig 4-7), this list ONLY covers T & Ps which have been
WHOLLY cancelled. Sometimes, a NC or NE subsumes a particular T & P for that chart
ALONE, when the NE / NC is published. In such cases that T & P is NOT placed in the
ML ‘cancelled’ list, as it still affects other charts. Particular care is thus needed to
read the publication notice of NEs / NCs, to ensure any ‘partial’ T & P
cancellations affecting that chart alone are identified, and that the ML (and NP
133B) are amended accordingly. Any NE / NC no longer affected by a T & P should
have its chart number ruled through in RED / RED highlighter on the ML.
0429. Weekly NM Section II - T & Ps - Updating of NP133B Folio Correction Sheets |
a. T & P Columns in NP 133B. Radio Nav Warning and T & P columns are printed
on every folio correction sheet. Radio Navigational Warnings are no longer recorded in
NP 133B and so both columns may be used (as one) to record T & Ps. If this
‘extended’ column still gives insufficient space, T & Ps may instead be recorded on a
additional locally prepared sheet (see example at Appendix 5), placed as a ‘facing page’
to the appropriate folio correction page in NP 133B. This may occasionally be necessary
if major works are taking place in a particular area, leading to the issue of many T & Ps.
b. T & P Action - NP 133B. The NP 133B logging process below is repeated for all
T & Ps in Weekly NM Section II.
• T & P Log/Tote. As each T & P affecting charts held is logged into NP 133B,
it should be ticked off in pencil on the ML (or tote) in the T & P Log.
• Pencil Entry. The T & P number is entered in pencil against the relevant
chart line in the NP 133B ‘extended’ T & P column, followed by an oblique
and the year (eg ‘452/01, 2550/01, 1154/02’ etc). It is essential to include
the year.
• Cancellation. When a cancellation occurs, the T & P must be erased from the
NP 133B T & P column for each chart affected. See Para 0429c opposite. |
• Other Cancellation Actions. Any NM may also include a T & P cancellation
instruction (eg ‘Former Notice 3175/98 is cancelled’). See Para 0428c |
(above) for whole or partial cancellation of a T & P by a NC / NE.
UNCLASSIFIED 4-15
Change 2
c. Using T & P Log ML to Check for Cancelled T & Ps. All T & P cancellations
listed at the top of the ML (see Fig 4-7 opposite), should have already been identified
(from NE, NCs or Weekly NMs) and noted in the T & P Log, but they should be checked
against the relevant charts in NP133B folio correction sheets and any necessary T & P
deletions made there. Particular care should be taken not to miss any partial T & P
cancellations caused by the issue of NC / NE which will NOT show up on the ML
| cancellation list (see Para 0428c opposite).
d. Final Monthly Check of NP 133B Against Latest ML. As a final precaution,

| after all the logging procedures etc (at Paras 0428 / 0429a-c above) have be carried out,
a monthly check should be carried out to compare all the T & Ps in the new ML against
all the T & Ps shown in NP 133B. This check will identify any missing T & Ps; it will
also identify any errors in erasing cancelled T & Ps from NP 133B, albeit one month late.
| 0430. Weekly NM Section II - Policy for Plotting of T & Ps on Charts

| In addition to the logging of T & Ps (see Paras 0428-0429), T & Ps should be recorded
and plotted in pencil on the charts in use or about to be used (see Policy Note). T & Ps for other
charts may be plotted at the NO’s discretion. Detailed procedures for the plotting and recording
of T & Ps are at Para 0531.
|
| 0431. Weekly NM Section IIA - New Zealand (NZ) NMs
| New Zealand Hydrographic Office (NZHO) corrections for NZ charts are contained in
| Section IIA, which is located within Section II after Weekly T & P corrections. These may affect
| any charts published by the NZHO included in Admiralty folios. If the vessel is carrying these
| folios, they are processed exactly as correction in Section II (see Paras 0420-0430).
| 0432. Correcting Foreign and Local Purchase Charts
a. Foreign Charts. Foreign charts provided by the UKHO (see Para 0222) are always
| issued uncorrected, as received from the foreign Hydrographic Office. Before use,
| foreign charts should be brought up to date for corrections since their last correction
| / edition date, by checking for NMs appropriate to their area of coverage, taken from
the equivalent Admiralty charts (see NPs 131, 133B and 234 plus subsequent Weekly
NMs), and applying any such corrections which are not already included on the foreign
chart. In all cases, these charts should be used with caution as even the Weekly NM
corrections may not provide a comprehensive update to charts which are of a larger
scale than the equivalent Admiralty chart. T & Ps, Radio Warnings etc for the
appropriate area should also be plotted iaw Chapter 7 before the charts are used.
b. Local Purchase Charts. Charts which have been locally purchased for cash at an
Admiralty Chart Agent in an emergency (see Para 0224) may not be up to date, and NPs
133B and 234, plus subsequent Weekly NMs should be used to identify any missing
corrections. The charts should be fully corrected before use (including T & Ps and Radio
Warnings etc iaw Chapter 7).
| 0433-0439. Spare
4-16 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
SECTION 4 - ‘SECTIONS III-VI’ OF WEEKLY NM - CONTENT AND PROCEDURES
0440. Weekly NM Section III - Worldwide Radio Navigational Warnings

Details of the procedures for recording / logging NAVAREA warnings are at Chapter 7.
For the convenience of readers, the content of Paras 0440a/b are repeated at Para 0723d.
a. Weekly NM Edition No 1 of each year (Section III) consists of:
• The text of all NAVAREA I warnings in force at the time of going to press
(usually mid-December of the previous year).
• The text of edited warnings in force at the time of going to press (usually mid-
December of the previous year) in NAVAREAs II-XVI, HYDROLANT,
HYDROPAC and ‘US SPECIAL’ series.
b. Other Weekly NMs Section III consist of:
• A list of all NAVAREA I warnings in force.
• The text of new NAVAREA I warnings.
• A list of edited warnings in force in NAVAREAs II-XVI, HYDROLANT,
• The text of edited new warnings in NAVAREAs II-XVI, HYDROLANT,
Note. Although the USA participates in the NAVAREA system it also produces worldwide
HYDROPAC, HYDROLANT and ‘US SPECIAL’ series warnings. These warnings, which are
also in numerical sequence, are found in part 17 and 18 of Weekly NM Section III if considered
important by UKHO. Those ships going to US waters should obtain full coverage of all relevant
HYDROPAC, HYDROLANT and ‘US SPECIAL’ series warnings from the UKHO or via
GMDSS (see Chp 7). They are kept and accounted for in the same way as NAVAREA warnings.
|
0441. Weekly NM Section IV - Correction to Admiralty Sailing Directions
Weekly NM Section IV contains corrections to Sailing Directions (SD)s. Those in force
at the end of the year are reprinted in full in the Annual Summary of Notice to Mariners (AS),
together with an index. These corrections are listed in the numerical sequence of the NPs. A
monthly list of corrections in force is published in Weekly NM Section IV at the end of each
month. Instructions for correcting SDs are at Para 0601.
0442. Weekly NM Section V - Corrections to Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals
Weekly NM Section V contains amendments to Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals
(ALLFS). Instructions for correcting ALLFS are at Para 0602.
0443. Weekly NM Section VI - Corrections to Admiralty List of Radio Signals

Weekly NM Section VI contains amendments for the Admiralty List of Radio Signals
(ALRS). The correction procedure is exactly similar to that for ALLFS. See Para 0602 (ALLFS)
and Para 0603 (ALRS).
0444-0449. Spare
UNCLASSIFIED 4-17
Change 2
SECTION 5 - MONTHLY / QUARTERLY LISTS IN WEEKLY NM - PROCEDURES
0450. Monthly Lists in Weekly Edition of Notices to Mariners

Each monthly edition of Weekly NM also contains a list of T & Ps in force and
‘Corrections to Sailing Directions’ (SDs) in force. This information should be used as directed
| in Para 0428 (T & Ps) and Paras 0441 / 0601 (SDs).
0451. Quarterly Lists in Weekly Edition of Notices to Mariners

Each quarterly edition of Weekly NM contains the same as a monthly edition as well as
a list of all (Hydrographic) NPs in force, together with their issue date / edition and whether any
supplements are applicable. All NPs on board should be checked from the quarterly list to ensure
that the correct edition and supplements are held, and that no unauthorised NPs (eg ‘legacy’
books / NAPs which should have been returned) are held. The NO is to be informed of any
discrepancies.
Notes:
1. It is helpful to photocopy the Quarterly List of NPs, highlight the NPs actually held and
then display the list in a convenient position in the charthouse.
2. The 6 monthly Cumulative List of NMs (NP 234) also include a reprint of the latest list
of hydrographic publications (NPs) in force and their edition or supplement status.
0452-0459. Spare
4-18 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
SECTION 6 - FLEET NM - CONTENT AND PROCEDURES
0460. Fleet Notices to Mariners - Types

Fleet NM are divided into two types. Both are accompanied by tracings, notes and blocks
where applicable, and these are all to be kept in plastic envelopes (or equivalent) in a locally
produced Fleet NM Log. The Fleet NM Log should also contain a Tote / Contents sheet (see
Para 0461). If Fleet NM are CONFIDENTIAL (or above), the Fleet NM Log must be kept
locked in an appropriate security container when not in use.
a. RESTRICTED Edition. The RESTRICTED edition of Fleet NM commences at

No1 annually in January each year. It contains Fleet NM promulgating navigational,
meteorological and hydrographic information relevant to Fleet chart folios, and is issued
only to holders the relevant folios. Reprints of submarine radio navigational warnings
(SUBNAVs) are occasionally included (see Para 0710f); the NO / PWO(U) should be
consulted to establish whether these are required to be maintained.
Note. Currently (in 2002), UKHO standardises the numbering and issue of RESTRICTED
editions of Fleet NM by issuing No. 5 in February, No. 14 in April, No. 22 in June, No. 31 in
August, No. 40 in October and No. 49 in December, with all other edition numbers declared as
‘spare’. This practice may or may not continue in the future.
b. CONFIDENTIAL Edition. CONFIDENTIAL Fleet NMs are supplied direct to
those vessels holding charts or publications affected by a particular Fleet NM. They are
managed similarly to the RESTRICTED edition, but with appropriate security measures.
c. Retention / Destruction of Fleet NM Tracings. See Para 0532d for the

procedures for retention and/or destruction of protectively marked Fleet NM tracings.
0461. Fleet Notice to Mariners - Action to be Taken on Receipt
a. Fleet NM Log. Fleet NMs are logged into the Fleet NM Log. The Fleet NM Log
Tote / Contents sheet should show which Fleet NMs have been received, together with
the edition numbers of other Fleet NM issued by UKHO but not supplied to own ship /
submarine (see Fig 4-8).
FLEET NOTICES TO MARINERS LOG
F LE ET E DITIO N F LE ET E DITIO N C O N T A IN I N G F LE ET E DITIO N F LE ET E DITIO N C O N T A IN I N G
R E C E IVE D NOT ISSUED FLEET N to M RECEI VED N O T I SSU ED FL EET N to M
5/01 50/00-04/01 9-17/01

14/01 06-13/01 28-36/01
22/01 15-21/01 37-53/01
31/01 23-30/01 54-73/01
etc .....
Fig 4-8. Example of Fleet Notice to Mariners Log Tote Sheet
UK RESTRICTED 4-19
Change 2
(0461) b. Highlighting. Check each Fleet NM carefully as there is no Index. Highlight all
items in the Fleet NM edition that will require action.
c. NP 133B (Chart Correction Log) - Part 1. The following actions are to be taken
in NP 133B (but see also Para 0461j below):
• Record the Fleet NM number in the permanent Fleet NM column on folio
correction sheets (H55A), checking that the last correction number is correct.
• Record any NC / NE in the permanent Fleet NM column on folio correction
sheets (H55A).
• Record any T & Ps to any ‘ordinary’ chart equivalent.
• ‘Charts Withdrawn’ are to be completely deleted from the folio correction
sheets (H55A).
d. Folio Lists. The folio list on the folio cover and the duplicate list in NP 133B are
also to be amended to reflect any NC / NE or ‘Charts Withdrawn’. An example of a
completed H55A sheet is at Fig 4-9 (opposite), but it should be noted that for clarity, the
NM numbers have not been crossed through, indicating that they have not been plotted
on the relevant chart.
e. NP 133B (Chart Correction Log) - Part 2. The Folio Index in Part 2 of NP 133B
is to be amended for NC and any charts which are withdrawn by UKHO.
f. Correction Procedure. Undertake plotting of chart and publication corrections as

for Weekly NM (see Para 0530). After checking the last correction number, the NM
number is to be written on the bottom left hand corner of the chart in the Fleet NM
corrections line. See also Para 0461j below.
g. NP 111 (Catalogue of Classified Charts). NP 111 is re-issued infrequently and

should thus be updated from Fleet NM for all NE / NC regardless of outfit held on board
(see Para 0606).
h. ‘Ordinary’ NMs. Double check to ensure that Fleet charts have been corrected for
the ‘ordinary’ Weekly NM by checking that the corrections logged in to NP 133B for the
equivalent standard (UNCLASSIFIED) navigational chart have been logged to the
appropriate Fleet NM chart line in NP 133B folio correction sheets (H55A) and cross-
ticked if plotted. See also Para 0414d.
i. Security. Fleet NM tracings are to be retained in the Fleet NM Log with the Fleet
NM editions (see Para 0460). If CONFIDENTIAL Notices are held the Fleet NM Log
must be kept in an appropriate security container iaw JSP 440 (see Para 0916). See Para
0532d for destruction procedures for Fleet NM tracings.
j. Fleet NM Corrections for Ops Room Charts. Fleet charts held by the Ops Room
are still to be corrected by Fleet NM (eg Exercise area changes etc) but do NOT need to
be corrected for ‘ordinary’ corrections as they are not being used for navigation. These
charts should be clearly marked ‘NOT TO BE USED FOR NAVIGATION’ adjacent to
the Title Block and also on the thumb-label on the outside of the chart. See Note 2 to
Para 0214 for the accounting of Ops Room charts in NP 133B.
4-20 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
Fig 4-9. Example of Completed NP 133B Sheet H55A

(Note 2. Above corrections are representative only and must not be used for navigation)
Note. The Fleet folio correction sheet (H55A - see Fig 4-9 above) does NOT have a ‘cross-
reference folio’ column similar to the one in an ‘ordinary’ folio correction sheet (H55 - see Fig
4-6). It may be found helpful for NYs to add a ‘cross-reference folio’ column in one of the
margins of the H55A. Currently (in 2002), the layout of H55A sheets is under consideration.
0462-0469. Spare
UK RESTRICTED 4-21
Change 2
SECTION 7 - WEEKLY NM - PROCEDURES FOR LOCAL FOLIOS
0470. Local Folio Procedures

In order to ensure that all corrections are recorded for all charts held within a local folio,
the following procedure is to be used:
a. Folio Lists. A folio list for NP133B Part 1 should be produced for any local folio,
with a duplicate folio list pasted on the folio cover.
b. Naming and Completing of NP 133B Chart Correction Sheet. The NP 133B

folio correction sheet (H55 / H55A) will have to be made up locally and should have the
name of the local folio annotated at the top, as at Fig 4-10 (opposite).
c. Cross-Referencing. All charts in local folios should be cross-referenced to and from

the standard folio, for NMs and T & Ps. See also Para 0511 and Note under Fig 4-10
(opposite).
d. Lettering of Spare Copies. All copies of a chart within a local folio must have a
separate line on the correction sheet and be consecutively lettered, as shown at Fig 4-10.
e. Local Folio with Fleet Charts. If a local folio requires Fleet charts, then an H55A
correction sheet (which has a column for recording Fleet NMs) should be used, as shown
at Fig 4-10 (opposite). If H55A correction sheets are not available, then an additional
column for Fleet NMs must be constructed on an H55 correction sheet. See also Para
0511.
4-22 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
Fig 4-10. Example of Completed NP 133B ‘Local’ Sheet H55A

Note. The Fleet folio correction sheet (H55A - see Fig 4-10 above) does NOT have a ‘cross-
reference folio’ column similar to the one in an ‘ordinary’ folio correction sheet (H55 - see
Fig 4-6). It may be found helpful for NYs to add a ‘cross-reference folio’ column in one of the
margins of the H55A. Currently (in 2002), the layout of H55A sheets is under consideration.
0471-0479. Spare
UK RESTRICTED 4-23
Change 2
SECTION 8 - ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NM - CONTENT AND PROCEDURES
0480. Content of the Annual Summary (AS)

The content of the Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners (AS) is outlined at Para 0120
and given in detail at Paras 0481-0843 below.
0481. Section 1 of Annual Summary (AS) - Annual NM

Section 1 of the Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners (AS) contains 24 Annual NMs
which are of particular interest to OOWs. After being read by the NO, it should then be seen by
all OOW’s and any other officers who carry out Bridge watches. In 2002, the following Annual
NMs were included in Section 1 of the Annual Summary, but this may vary from year to year.
1. Admiralty Tide Tables, - Addenda and Corrigenda.

2. Suppliers of Admiralty Charts and Publications.
3. Safety of British Merchant Ships in Crisis, Conflict and War.
4. Distress and Rescue - Ships and Aircraft.
Note: AMN No 4 complements information found in ATP 10 and its supplements.
5. Firing Practice and Exercise Areas.
6. Former Mine Danger Areas; Swept Routes and Instructions regarding Explosives
picked up at sea.
7. UK and Russian Federation - Agreement on the prevention of incidents at sea
beyond Territorial Waters - Implications for Non-Military Ships.
8. Information concerning submarines (Diagrams at end of summary).
9. Hydrographic Information: Policy for the promulgation and selection of safety-
critical information for charts.
10. Minelaying and Mine Countermeasures Exercises.
11. Meteorological and Oceanographic Data Buoys.
12. National Claims to Maritime Jurisdiction.
13. World Wide Navigational Warning Service & World Meteorological Organisation.
14. Availability of Notices to Mariners.
15. Under-Keel Allowance.
15A. Negative Storm Surges.
16. Protection of Historic and Dangerous Wrecks.
17. Traffic Separation Schemes.
17A.Ship Reporting Systems - Automatic Ship Identification Reporting System (AIRS).
18. Carriage of Nautical Publications.
19. Satellite Navigation System Positions and British Admiralty Charts.
20. Protection of Offshore Installations.
21. Canadian Charts and Publications Regulations.
22. US Navigation Safety Regulations relating to Navigation, Charts and Publications.
23. High Speed Craft.
24. Submarine Cables and Pipelines - Avoidance of and Associated Dangers.
0482. Section 2 of Annual Summary (AS) - Temporary and Preliminary (T&P) Notices
Section 2 of the AS contains a T & P Geographical Index, a T & P Numerical Index in
date order and the full text of all T & Ps in force on 1st January of the year in question.
4-24 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
0483. Section 3 of Annual Summary (AS) - Corrections to Sailing Directions (SDs)

Section 3 of the AS contains a list of Admiralty Sailing Directions (SDs) in numerical
order with full text of the outstanding corrections at 1st January of the current year, in page
number order for each book. When using SDs, they must be read with the supplement (if issued),
SD Correction Log and Weekly NMs / AS. See Para 0601 for details of correction procedures for
SDs.
0484. Updating of the Annual Summary (AS)

The Annual NMs 1-24 are sometimes updated during the year. If so this will be
promulgated in Weekly NM Section II. If an Annual NM is replaced, the complete notice should
be crossed out in the AS and annotated with the location of the new information: eg ‘See Week
36/01’ or ‘See Notice 2405 (Week 36/01)’
UK RESTRICTED 4-25
Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
4-26 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
CORRECTING CHART OUTFITS - POLICY, CONVENTIONS AND PROCEDURES
CHAPTER 5
CONTENTS
Para
Purpose and Scope of Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0501
SECTION 1 - CHART CORRECTION - POLICY
Policy for Correction of Standard and Deployment Folios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0510

Policy for Correction of Charts and Multiple Copies of Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0511
Policy for NP 133B Folio Correction Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0512
SECTION 2 - CHART CORRECTION - PLOTTING CONVENTIONS
Explanation of Notice to Mariners (NM) Correction Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0520

Explanation of Symbols and Instructions on Tracings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0521
Drawing Conventions on Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0522
Block and Note Corrections - Adhesive and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0523
Equipment for Undertaking Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0524
SECTION 3 - CHART CORRECTION - PLOTTING PROCEDURES
Plotting Procedures: Permanent Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0530

Plotting Procedures: T & P Corrections, Radio Navigation Warnings & Local NMs . . . 0531
Tracings - Sorting, Filing, Retention and Destruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0532
Weekly Notices to Mariners - Storage of Booklets (Amplification of Para 0401g) . . . . . 0533
ANNEX
Annex A: Examples of Chart Correction |
UNCLASSIFIED 5-1
Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
5-2 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
CHAPTER 5

Chapter 5 provides detailed information on chart correction and amplifies aspects of this
task mentioned at Chapter 4. Annex 5A contains a comprehensive set of worked chart correction
examples, showing the Weekly NM text, tracings and the corrected chart. Chapter 5 was
restructured and clarified at Change 1 to make the layout and text more logical and user-friendly.
0502-0509. Spare
SECTION 1 - CHART CORRECTION - POLICY
0510. Policy for Correction of Standard and Deployment Folios

Chart folios not corrected (see Paras 0510a-c below) must have all corrections recorded
in NP 133B using the procedure at Para 0428; corrections (ie Weekly NMs and tracings) must be
immediately available for application to the charts. The decision to identify folios for correction
remains with the CO advised by the NO (see Para 1110b). CINCFLEET Navigation Staff (as
appropriate) should be consulted if further dispensation is required from the following criteria.
See also Para 1110c (temporary removal of folios) and Para 1110d (transfer of folios between
deployed units). See also Para 0230 (Action for NPs when the Chart Outfit is returned).
a. Standard Outfit Folios & Local Folios - RN. ‘Standard Outfit’ and ‘Local’ folios
should always be fully corrected in RN warships / submarines, when the folios are:
• Currently in use.
• Covering areas in which the ship / submarine is programmed to operate.
• Covering adjacent areas which the ship / submarine can reach within 24 hours.
b. Standard Outfit Folios & Local Folios - RFA. ‘Standard Outfit’ and ‘Local’ folios
should be fully corrected unless CINCFLEET Navigation Staff give a dispensation.
c. Deployment Outfit Folios - RN & RFA. Due to the transient nature of

deployments, ‘Deployment Outfit’ folios are to be fully corrected when the folios are
required for use. They are to be kept updated until more than 72 hours out of area.
Policy Note. Para 0510 was re-structured at BR 45(7) Change 1 (in 2002) to clarify apparent
ambiguity in the wording of the previous version. In essence, it meaning is unchanged.
0511. Policy for Correction of Charts and Multiple Copies of Charts
Charts to be corrected are identified from Weekly NMs using the procedure at Para 0413.
Where multiple copies of charts are held the procedures at Paras 0428d / 0470c-d (permanent
corrections) and Paras 0431b / 0461c / 0470c (T & Ps) are to be followed.
0512. Policy for NP 133B Folio Correction Sheets

Corrections are logged in NP 133B using the procedure at Para 0428. All folio correction
sheets (including any amended sheets from UKHO) are to be retained for the life of the folio.
0513-0519. Spare
UNCLASSIFIED 5-3
Change 1
SECTION 2 - CHART CORRECTION - PLOTTING CONVENTIONS
0520. Explanation of Notice to Mariners (NM) Correction Commands

A full explanation and examples of ‘INSERT’, ‘AMEND’ ‘SUBSTITUTE’, ‘MOVE’ and
‘DELETE’ commands used with Weekly NMs Section II are at Annual NM 9 (contained in the
Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners (AS), but for convenience are summarised below:
a. ‘INSERT’ is used for the insertion of all new data or is used together with the
‘DELETE’ command when a feature has moved position sufficiently that the ‘MOVE’
command in inappropriate (see Paras 0520d/e below).
b. ‘AMEND’ is used when a feature remains in its existing charted position but has a
change of characteristic.
c. ‘SUBSTITUTE’ is used when one feature replaces an existing feature and the
position remains as charted. The new feature is always shown first.
d. ‘MOVE’ is used for features whose characteristics / descriptions remain unchanged

but they are to be moved small distances.
e. ‘DELETE’ is used when features are to be removed from the chart or is used
together with the ‘INSERT’ command when a feature has moved position sufficiently
that the ‘MOVE’ command is inappropriate (see Para 0520a/d above).
0521. Explanation of Symbols and Instructions on Tracings

The following tracing symbol and instruction definitions are established:
Deletion: Information to be deleted will be circled and hatched out by diagonal lines. The word
‘delete’ may be annotated next to this hatched area.
Insertion: Information to be inserted will be circled and the position of insertion shown as a
small circle containing a dot at its centre to the arrow. Sometimes information may
need clarification as to exactly what is to be inserted. This is often the case with new
soundings and some words of amplification may be added on the tracing to assist the
corrector (eg ‘Soundings inserted in lieu of deleted soundings’).
Insertion Often a deletion is coupled with an insertion on the same tracing. In this case,
after deletion is carried out in the usual way (as above) followed by insertion in the
deletion: position shown by the arrows.
5-4 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
0522. Drawing Conventions on Charts

The following drawing conventions are to be observed when correcting charts. Examples
of good chart correction practices are shown at Annex 5A and should be studied carefully after
having read these instructions.
Deletions: Deletions are made by drawing two straight lines through each piece of text and
through parts of the item to be deleted. Do not delete items as demonstrated on the
tracing. If there is any doubt, the tracing will be annotated with amplifying
information so that adjacent information, for example, is not deleted in error.
Insertions: Do not make the common error of drawing exactly what is on the tracing onto the
chart. Remember, arrows indicate the position of entry of information in bubbles.
Other insertions are shown in the exact position of entry by the drawing of the
feature to be entered over the correct location; a new buoy is a typical example of
this notation.
Moving of Occasionally features are moved a short distance from their original position (often
Features: a buoy). Mark its new position with a small circle with a dot inside the circle
indicating the new Latitude and Longitude position. The two positions are then linked up by
‘arrowing in’. The ‘Move’ instruction will only be used if the move is less than 2.5
cm (1 inch) on a chart, if the move is greater than 2.5 cm a ‘Deletion’ instruction will
be issued followed by an ‘Insertion’ instruction to place the feature into its new
position.
Variation It should be noted that the Annex 5A is only a guide to the notations which may be
of symbols: used by the UKHO’s staff on tracings. New symbols or combinations of any of the
above may be encountered from time to time, but will always be amplified by plain
text on the tracing. In all cases the Weekly NM text should be consulted closely and
should clarify any uncertainties.
0523. Block and Note Corrections - Adhesive and Storage
a. Adhesive. Block and Note corrections should be cut from Weekly NMs when
needed for sticking on the chart. An adhesive glue-stick (see Appendix 2) or the |
‘positional adhesive mounting roll’(3M product) used by CMUs, prevents the distortion |
/ discolouration of the block and chart which may occur if other glues are used.
b. Storage of Blocks. Block corrections should normally be left in the relevant Weekly
NM booklet required for use for the following reasons. Block corrections cut out in
advance of use and stored in the same manner as the tracings may have to folded to allow
them to fit into a file and this practice will cause unacceptable distortion. Small blocks
can also slip behind file dividers and be lost or overlooked. See also Para 0401f.
Note. Block and Note Corrections are recorded with a suffix (see Para 0429).
0524. Equipment for Undertaking Corrections
A size 0.18mm nib should be used for chart corrections. Details of this and other
equipment used for undertaking chart corrections are at Appendix 2.
0525-0529. Spare
UNCLASSIFIED 5-5
Change 2
SECTION 3 - CHART CORRECTION - PLOTTING PROCEDURES
0530. Plotting Procedures: Permanent Corrections

In all aspects of chart correction, the proper standards of ‘Accuracy, Neatness and Honesty’
are safety-critical factors. The NO should always be informed immediately if any error or
omission in chart correction is discovered; failure to do so could result in damage to the vessel
and hazard to personnel. The following procedure should be followed once all the relevant Weekly
NMs from Section II have been logged into NP 133B (see Paras 0428 / 0429):
a. Priorities for Correction. Standard priorities for chart correction are normally:
• Folio(s) currently in use, giving the utmost priority to charts actually in use
(and then about to be used) on the Bridge.
• Folios about to be used.
• Other folios as directed by NO (based on the guidance at Para 0510). See also
‘List’ template at Appendix 5
b. Direction of Priorities by NO. Unless the chart correction priorities are both
simple and obvious, after examining the Weekly NM (see Para 0401c) it is helpful for the
NO to provide the NY with a list of chart / folio correction priorities (see Para 0401d).
c. Correct the Largest Scale Chart First. Except as required by Paras 0530a/b,
always correct the largest scale charts first, which is also the order shown in Weekly NM.
d. Read the Notice. Always read the printed NM; do not be misled into believing that
the tracing necessarily contains the complete NM information.
| e. Multi-Part Notices. The layout of multi-part NMs in Weekly NMs was altered in
| April 2003 and the chart affected by each part is now clearly identified. See Para 0428.
f. Previous Corrections. Before correcting a chart, check the previous small

correction number shown under the bottom left hand border of the chart. The number
should be the same as the last number in NP 133B for that chart, and also the same as in
the relevant NM. If the numbers do not agree, the previous correction or corrections
must be found and completed first.
g. Authorised Symbols and Abbreviations. Use symbols and abbreviations shown in the
current edition of Chart 5011 (INT 1).
h. Clarity. If possible, write clear of the soundings and NEVER obliterate other
information.
i. Removal of Information. Using the correct symbols shown at Annex 5A (which

vary depending on the item to be deleted), neatly cross out any information which is to
be removed. NEVER erase and NEVER use correcting fluid (eg Tippex or Snopake).
5-6 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
j. Use of 2B Pencil and Coloured Inks. 2B Pencils and coloured inks are to be used
for chart corrections as follows:
• Violet Ink. Unless otherwise stated in the NM, permanent corrections are to
be plotted on charts in VIOLET ink.
• 2B Pencil. T & P corrections, Local NMs and Radio Navigation Warnings are
to be plotted on charts in 2B pencil (see Para 0531).
• Red Ink. To avoid confusion, the change of the year on the NP 133B folio
correction sheets should be indicated in RED ink (see Para 0428c), but RED
ink should NEVER be used on the chart.
k. Block Corrections. Blocks (and cautionary notes) of the relevant NM are cut out
from Section II (but see Para 0401f) and stuck onto the chart. If further copies of blocks
and/or notes are not immediately available for corrections to additional copies of a chart,
then the most used chart should be corrected. The remaining charts should be annotated
in 2B pencil that the chart is NOT fully up to date, referring to the copy of chart which
has been corrected. The appropriate NM number should be marked in pencil in the
correct position on the uncorrected chart until additional blocks / notes can be obtained.
l. Glues. Blocks should be carefully attached to the charts concerned with an adhesive
glue-stick (see Appendix 2). If the glue-stick is not available, use the ‘positional adhesive |
mounting roll’(3M product) used by CMUs or, in extremis, use office type gum. Never |
use petroleum based products (eg Cow Gum) which in time dis-colours the chart. |
m. Noting Completion of Correction on Chart and in NP 133B. When the

correction has been completed, add the notice number to the bottom left hand corner of
the chart (in VIOLET ink) and cross tick the notice number on the NP 133B folio
correction sheet, (in PENCIL) ensuring the number remains legible.
o. Tracings - Positioning of on the Chart. The positioning of tracings is always to

be carefully checked using 3 methods, as follows:
• Latitude and Longitude lines shown.
• Quadrant of chart (eg Left of Centre).
• Numerous traced charted soundings and prominent features.
Note. See Para 0532 for sorting, filing, retention and destruction of tracings.
p. Associated Publications. Nearly every correction to a chart also requires a
correction to an NP.
UNCLASSIFIED 5-7
Change 2
0531. Plotting Procedures: T & P Corrections, Radio Navigation Warnings & Local NMs
The principles at Para 0530 apply to the correction of charts for T & Ps, Radio
Navigation Warnings and Local NMs, with the following exceptions.
a. Policy for Plotting T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings and Local NMs. The
common policy for plotting T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings & Local NMs on charts
is stated individually at Paras 0432, 0725 and 0731 respectively, and may be summarised:
‘T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings & Local NMs should be recorded and
plotted in pencil on the charts in use or about to be used (see Policy Note).
T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings & Local NMs for other charts may be
plotted at the NO’s discretion.’ Radio Navigation Warnings should be plotted
immediately. (See Paras 0432, 0725 and 0731 respectively).
b. Plotting of T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings & Local NMs. The procedure
for plotting T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings and Local NMs on charts is as follows:
• Priority List of Charts. Subject to the policy at Para 0531a above, to assist
the NY prioritise plotting of warnings etc, the NO may make a ‘priority’ list
(see Appendix 5) of charts on which T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings and
Local NMs are to be plotted for current / future passages, exercises etc.
• T & P Column in NP 133B. The NY (or equivalent) checks the charts
(including multiple copies) against the T & P column in NP 133B, notes T &
Ps in force and refers to the relevant Weekly NM or AS for the text of the
correction (see Para 0430 (Note) for the use of NP 234 to identify the edition
of Weekly NM containing the text of a particular T & P).
• NAVTEX Log. The NY (or equivalent) checks the charts against the dividers
of the NAVTEX Log, and notes any warnings affecting the charts.
• Local NM Log. The NY (or equivalent) checks the charts against the Local
NM Log, and notes any Local NMs affecting the charts.
• Plotting Method. All T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings and Local NMs are
to be plotted in 2B pencil (see Para 0530j); abbreviations and ‘bubbles’ may be
used to add amplifying information.
c. Recording Plotting of T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings & Local NMs. As
soon as a T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings or Local NM has been plotted on a chart,
this is to be recorded as follows:
• T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings and Local NMs are to be recorded as
‘plotted’, adjacent to the Title Block on the front of the chart (a ‘NAVWARN
BLOCK’ rubber stamp or label should be used to make an identifiable area for
noting this information - see template at Appendix 6).
• In addition, a notation of the T & Ps, Radio Navigation Warnings and Local
NM number is to be added in the vicinity of the correction (to help identify it
in the event of more than one T & P affecting a chart.)
Policy Note. The plotting policy summarised at Para 0531a above (taken from Paras 0432,
0725 and 0731) was introduced at BR 45(7) Change 1 (2002). In respect of T &Ps, it supersedes
the previous policy (which required T & Ps to be ‘recorded on charts of the folio in use, and
plotted as directed by the NO’). It also clarifies the plotting policy for Radio Nav Warnings &
Local NMs, and establishes a common procedure at Para 0531b for plotting and recording.
5-8 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
0532. Tracings - Sorting, Filing, Retention and Destruction
a. Sorting Tracings by Folios Held. After Weekly NM corrections for the outfit have
been logged, the tracings supplied by UKHO should be arranged in folio order. Using the
folio check list in NP 133B and the folio number in the top left hand corner of the tracing,
all tracings are sorted. Any tracings solely for folios NOT held by the vessel should be
placed to one side, and may only be destroyed iaw Para 0532d [3rd bullet] below).
b. Sorting and Cross Checking of Tracings. On the chart table, lay out tracings
relevant to the folios held and place them in folio order. Cross-check the tracings with
the Weekly NM Section II and arrange the tracings in numerical order for each folio.
Tracings outstanding from previous weeks may also be sorted in this way, taking extra
care to ensure that they are arranged so that the oldest correction is made first.
c. Filing and Storage of Tracings. Tracings are to be filed and stored as follows:
• ‘Ordinary’ (ie non-Fleet) Tracings. ‘Ordinary’ (ie non-Fleet NM) tracings
should either be retained in A4 ring-binder with plastic sleeves, or in a card
index box with appropriate dividers for each correctable and local folio.
Tracings applied to local folios are to be retained in local folio sleeves /
dividers. Each sleeve / dividers should be tabbed with the folio number for the
standard folios or the folio name for local folios.
• Fleet NM Tracings. Fleet NM tracings should be retained within the Fleet
NM (see Para 0460) in plastic envelopes or (equivalent).
• ‘Ordinary’ (ie non-Fleet) Tracings Applied to Fleet Folios. ‘Ordinary’ (ie
non-Fleet NM) tracings applied to Fleet folios are to be kept with the
‘Ordinary’ folio tracings after use.
d. Retention / Destruction of Tracings. Tracings are to be retained / destroyed as

follows:
• All Folios Except Local Folios. Tracings for ‘Standard Outfit’ folios,
‘Deployment Outfit’ folios and Fleet folios are to be retained until the outfit is
next serviced by the CMU or returned to UKHO. On return to UKHO, or
following CMU servicing if all charts have been corrected up to date, the
backlog of ‘ordinary’ and Fleet NM tracings may be destroyed, iaw current
security rules.
• Local Folios. All tracings relating to local folios must be retained until the
next inspection by FOST SNY.
• Tracings for Folios not Held. When it is certain they are not required
(bearing in mind that some NMs affect charts in more than one folio and also,
that certain charts are supplied in more than one folio), tracings solely affecting
folios NOT held may be destroyed. It is a wise precaution to delay doing this
until all the Weekly NM corrections have been logged (and ideally plotted on
the chart outfit), just in case a tracing has been wrongly sorted.
Policy Note. Although Para 0532d is new at Change 1, it does not contain significant new
information, but draws together the instructions hitherto scattered elsewhere in BR 45 (7).
UNCLASSIFIED 5-9
Change 1
0533. Weekly Notices to Mariners - Storage of Booklets (Amplification of Para 0401g)
a. Storage Arrangements. The instructions for retaining Weekly NM booklets are

at Para 0401f/g, which are repeated below for the convenience of readers. The storage
of so many Weekly NM booklets may cause a problem in the charthouse of some ships.
The following storage arrangements should be made.
• Immediate Reference. Weekly NM booklets (specified at Para 0401g, 1st
and 2nd bullets), which provide the text of T & Ps issued during the current
year and the text of corrections for ALLFS, ALRS and SDs, must be
retained to hand in sequential order for immediate reference.
• Deferred Reference. Other Weekly NM booklets (specified at Para 0401g,
3rd bullet) which are only retained in case a query arises in the earlier
correction of a chart (see Para 0428d Note 2), may be stowed elsewhere
(in sequential order) for deferred reference.
b. Repetition of Paras 0401f/g.
0401f. Weekly NM Booklets - Retention State. Except for the removal of chart blocks
/ notes (which are stuck directly onto charts), Weekly NM booklets are NOT to be cut up
to correct NPs etc. Exceptionally, if a copy of any other part of the Weekly NM booklet
is required, a photocopy should be taken, leaving the booklet intact. See also Para 0212.
0401g. Weekly NM Booklets - Retention Time. Intact Weekly NM booklets are to be

retained in sequence (see Para 0533), from the earliest of the following dates:
• 1st January of the current year (booklets immediately available).
• Date of issue of earliest ALLFS or ALRS (booklets immediately available).
• Date of issue of chart outfit or date of CMU servicing of chart outfit.
Policy Note. The new policy at Paras 0401f/g was introduced at BR 45(7) Change 1 (in 2002).
5-10 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
ANNEX A TO CHAPTER 5 |
|
EXAMPLES OF CHART CORRECTION |
|
1. Introduction |
Examples of Weekly NM chart corrections in this Annex are reproduced by permission |
of the UKHO (see page viii). They are illustrative of the various ways in which corrections may |
be made. |
|
2. Use of Printed Weekly NM and Tracings |
The source document for correcting charts is the printed Weekly NM and should be read |
in all cases before starting a correction. The tracing is only a guide to illustrate the correction and |
to help identify the exact position. If the printed contents of the tracing are copied slavishly, |
without reference to the printed Weekly NM, errors may result. |
|
||
CAUTION |
|
1. WEEKLY NOTICES TO MARINERS SHOULD BE READ |
CAREFULLY BEFORE STARTING A CORRECTION. |
|
2. IF THE PRINTED CONTENTS OF THE TRACING ARE |
COPIED SLAVISHLY WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE |
PRINTED NOTICES TO MARINERS , ERRORS MAY RESULT |
|
|
3. Summary of Procedure for Correcting a Chart |
See Chapters 4 and 5 for further details of these procedures. |
|
• Sources of Information and Plotting. Use the information in the Weekly NM in |
conjunction with the tracing, and then apply the correction to the chart. |
|
• Check Plotting. Check what has been plotted. |
|
• Chart Logging Action. When satisfied that the instruction of the Weekly NM has |
been correctly followed (and only then), write the Weekly NM number in the |
bottom left hand corner of the chart as a record of the completed correction. |
|
• Chart Correction Log (NP 133B) Action. Cross-tick the correction number in the |
NP 133B (Chart Correction Log). |
|
4. Principles |
The guiding principles for corrections are ACCURACY, NEATNESS and HONESTY. |
Examples of good correction practice follow at Pages 5A-2 to 5A-42. |
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-1
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Note. Corrections should be inserted onto charts using VIOLET ink (see Para 0530j).
| However, due to the limitations of graphic reproduction, the representation of VIOLET ink in
| the Figure opposite may be displayed as a darker hue than would normally be seen on a chart.
5A-2 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fig 5A-3. Example 1 |
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-3
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-4 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-5
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-6 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-7
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-8 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-9
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-10 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-11
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-12 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-13
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-14 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-15
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-16 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-17
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-18 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-19
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-20 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-21
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-22 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-23
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-24 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-25
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-26 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-27
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-28 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-29
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-30 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-31
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-32 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-33
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-34 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-35
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-36 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-37
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-38 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-39
Change 2
| EXAMPLE 20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-40 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNCLASSIFIED 5A-41
Change 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5A-42 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
CORRECTING NAVIGATIONAL PUBLICATIONS (NPs) - PROCEDURES
CHAPTER 6
CORRECTING NAVIGATIONAL PUBLICATIONS (NPs) - PROCEDURES |
CONTENTS
Para
Correcting the Admiralty Sailing Directions (SD) (NPs 1-72) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0601 |
Correcting the Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals (ALLFS) (NP 74-84) . . . . . . . . 0602 |
Correcting the Admiralty List of Radio Signals (ALRS) (NP 281-188) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0603 |
Correcting the Catalogue of Admiralty Charts (NP 131) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0604 |
Correcting the NW Europe Chart Catalogue (NP 109) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0605 |
Correcting the Catalogue of Classified Charts (NP 111) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0606 |
Correcting Other Publications (NPs 100, 136, 201-204 etc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0607 |
UNCLASSIFIED 6-1
Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
6-2 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
CHAPTER 6
CORRECTING NAVIGATIONAL PUBLICATIONS (NPs) - PROCEDURES |
0601. Correcting the Admiralty Sailing Directions (SD) (NPs 1-72) |

When issued, copies of Admiralty Sailing Directions (SD) (NPs 1-72), also known as |
‘Pilots’, will NOT be corrected for NMs. They must be corrected and maintained, using a tote |
sheet (see template at Appendix 5) and supporting Weekly NMs / AS, as follows. |
a. Frequency of Revision / Issue of Supplements. The SDs (‘Pilots’), are completely

revised every 4 to 5 years. Supplements are issued for most volumes in the intervening
period, and should be retained with the parent book. However ‘Continually Revised |
Pilots’ are issued about every 3 years, and these do not have a supplement (see example |
at Fig 6-1). Details of each SD, its date of publication and the relevant supplement is |
published quarterly in Weekly NM Section II and in NP 234 (6 monthly Cumulative List |
of NMs); ‘Continually Revised Pilots’ are also identified in both documents. |
b. Corrections to Pilots and Supplements. Each Weekly NM Section IV gives the |

text of corrections to SDs as they are issued and each month Weekly NM Section II |
contains a consolidated list of all corrections to SDs in force. The Annual Summary (AS) |
gives the text of all corrections to SDs in force on 1 Jan of that year. From the latest |
monthly consolidated list and subsequent Weekly NMs, a tote page (copied from App 5 - |
see Fig 6-1) is to be created for each SD held, to record all NMs affecting the SD. The |
tote information is to be limited to that shown in Fig 6-1 below and should be checked |
against the ML monthly; each item should be ticked in the ML. The tote pages should |
be held in a ‘SD Correction Log’ loose leaf ring binder and NOT with the SD itself |
(see Policy Note). The printed tote at the front of each SD is to be ignored. |
SAILING DIRECTIONS TOTE - NP 27

SUPPLEMENT.... N/A
PAGE(s) DESCRIPTION of WARNING NOTICE WEEKLY

AFFECTED EDITION
139 Torbay - Boarding Area for Deep Sea Pilots 39/99 (AS)
3, 57, 60, 325 Off Casquets - Ship Movement Reporting System 22/01 (AS)
70 St Mary’s Sound - Directions 04/02
etc ..... etc ..... etc .....
Fig 6-1. Example of Sailing Direction (Correction) Tote Page (Continually Revised Pilot) |
c. Use of SDs with Supplement and SD Correction Log. When using SDs, they |
must be read with the supplement (if issued), SD Correction Log and Weekly NMs / AS. |
Policy Note. The practice of keeping ‘SD’ totes in the SD itself was discontinued on receipt of |
BR 45(7) Change 1 (in 2002). See Para 0601b (above).
UNCLASSIFIED 6-3
Change 1
| 0602. Correcting the Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals (ALLFS) (NPs 74-84)
| When issued, Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals (ALLFS) (NPs 74-84) will NOT
| be corrected for NMs. They must be corrected and maintained from Weekly NMs as follows.
| a. Frequency of Revision. The ALLFS are re-issued annually. Details of ALLFSs in

| force and dates of publication are published quarterly in Weekly NM Section II.
|
| b. Publication of New Volume. Shortly before a new volume is published, Weekly
| NMs Section II will announce when it is to be issued. During the period from
| announcement of the new volume until it is received on board, the old volume must be
| corrected as normal. On publication of the new volume, Weekly NMs will announce that
| the previous edition has been cancelled and that the corrections which follow are the first
corrections for the new volume; these are to be inserted as at Paras 0602c-f. Providing
| the new volume has been received, the old volume is to be destroyed.
| c. Issue of Corrections. The ‘Title’ page inside the ALLFS front cover states the
| Weekly NM to which it was corrected when printed. The Weekly NM SectionV
| announcing the publication of a new edition of an ALLFS will issue all the corrections in
force for the new edition since it was printed and will state when the first correction is
| applicable for that volume. Subsequently, each Weekly NM gives the text of corrections
| to ALLFSs as they are issued.
| d. Extent of Corrections. In Weekly NM Section V, the extent of information being

| amended for a particular light or fog signal is indicated by printing asterisks (*) under
| each column of the correction, if information in that column has been updated. A
| complete horizontal row of asterisks under the correction denotes a new light or fog
| signal.
|
| e. Insertion of Corrections. Corrections are to be inserted (or cross-referenced) into
| each volume as follows (make a pencilled tick in Weekly NMs when each is completed):
| • AMENDED Light or Fog Signal. If a light or fog signal is amended, the
| Weekly NM number and year (eg 10/02) is to be added to the publication in
RED ink alongside the relevant light or fog signal number.
| • NEW Light or Fog Signal. If a new light or fog signal is established, in
| addition to insertion of the Weekly NM number and year, the new name and
| number is to be inserted in RED ink at the appropriate place on the page.
| • DELETED Light or Fog Signal. If a light or fog signal is deleted, the entire
| entry must be ruled out using RED ink, and the Weekly NM number and year
| inserted alongside the deletion.
| f. Record of Corrections. When all corrections have been inserted (or cross-
| referenced) into the publication, the date on which the publication was amended is to be
inserted in the appropriate box of the ‘Record of Corrections’ page inside the front cover.
| Policy Note. The practice of cutting out ‘ALLFS’ corrections and pasting them into a Log was
| discontinued on receipt of BR 45(7) Change 1 (in 2002). This change of procedure saves a
| considerable amount of time but requires Weekly NMs to be retained intact. See Para 0401f/g.
6-4 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
0603. Correcting the Admiralty List of Radio Signals (ALRS) (NPs 281-288) |
When issued, Admiralty List of Radio Signals (ALRS) (NPs 281-288) will NOT be |
corrected for NMs. They must be corrected and maintained from Weekly NMs as follows. |
|
a. Frequency of Revision. The ALRS are re-issued annually except for Volume 4 |
(Meteorological Observation Stations) which are re-issued approximately every 18 |
months. Details of ALRS in force and dates of publication are published quarterly in |
Weekly NM Section II. |
|
b. Publication of New Volume. The procedure for publishing a new volume is exactly |
similar to that for the ALLFS (see Para 0602b). The correction procedure for ALRS |
volumes are at Paras 0603e-g below. |
|
c. Issue of Corrections. The ‘Directions for Updating this Volume’ page inside the |
ALRS front cover (usually page iii), states the Weekly NM to which it was corrected when |
sent to the printers. The Weekly NM SectionVI announcing the publication of a new |
edition of an ALRS will issue all the corrections in force for the new edition since it was |
printed and will state when the first correction is applicable for that volume. |
Subsequently, each Weekly NM gives the text of corrections to ALRSs as they are issued. |
|
d. Extent of Corrections. Unlike the ALLFS, the information in ALRS is not displayed |
in columns and the ALLFS the system of printing asterisks (*) to indicate the extent of |
information being amended is NOT adopted for ALRS corrections. |
|
e. Insertion of Corrections. Corrections are to be inserted (or cross-referenced) into |
each volume as follows (make a pencilled tick in Weekly NMs when each is completed): |
• AMENDED Station (or Equivalent). If a station (or equivalent) is amended, |
the Weekly NM number and year (eg 10/02) is to be added to the publication |
in RED ink alongside the appropriate place on the page |
• NEW Station (or Equivalent). If a new station (or equivalent) is established, |
in addition to insertion of the Weekly NM number and year, the new station’s |
name is to be inserted in RED ink at the appropriate place on the page. |
• DELETED Station (or Equivalent). If a station (or equivalent) is deleted, the |
entire entry must be ruled out using RED ink, and the Weekly NM number and |
year inserted alongside the deletion. |
f. Record of Corrections. When all corrections have been inserted (or cross- |
referenced) into the publication, the date on which the publication was amended is to be |
inserted in the appropriate box of the ‘Directions for Updating this Volume’ page inside |
the ALRS front cover (usually page iii). |
|
g. ‘Remote’ copies of ALRS. If copies of ALRS are held and used elsewhere (eg |
MCO), photocopies of Weekly NM Section VI corrections should be held with the books. |
|
Policy Note. The practice of cutting out ‘ALRS’ corrections and pasting them into a Log was |
discontinued on receipt of BR 45(7) Change 1 (in 2002). This change of procedure saves a |
considerable amount of time but requires Weekly NMs to be retained intact. See Para 0401f/g. |
UNCLASSIFIED 6-5
Change 1
| 0604. Correcting the Catalogue of Admiralty Charts (NP 131)

| On receipt of new editions of Catalogue of Admiralty Charts (NP 131) it will NOT be
| corrected for NMs. It must be brought up to date and maintained from Weekly NMs as described
| below.
a. Frequency of Revision. The Catalogue of Admiralty Charts (NP 131) is re-issued

| annually on 1st December, corrected to the previous October. It is supplied with an
| addendum containing a list of corrections that have become effective since printing. It
must initially be corrected from the addendum and subsequently from Weekly NM Section
IV as described below, for the selected areas (see Para 0604b).
| b. Correction Policy. The ‘Catalogue’ is to be amended for all ‘New Charts’, ‘New
Editions’ and ‘Charts Withdrawn’ in areas where the vessel is likely to operate during the
forthcoming year (see Para 0421c). This decision on the areas to be corrected is to be
| made by the CO advised by the NO. The geographical areas (or pages) selected for
| correction are to be marked in bold script next to the ‘Correction Box’ on Page 1 of the
| ‘Catalogue’.
| c. Publication of New Edition and Issue of Corrections. Shortly before a new

| edition is published, Weekly NMs will announce when it is to be issued. During the period
| from announcement of the new volume until it is received on board, the old volume must
| be corrected as normal. On publication of the new volume, Weekly NM Section II will
| announce that the new edition has been published. Any corrections which follow in
| Weekly NM (Section IV) are the first corrections for the new edition; these are to be
| inserted as at Para 0604d-e. Providing the new edition has been received, the old edition
| is to be destroyed.
| d. Insertion of Corrections. Within the geographical areas to be corrected (see Para

| 0604b above), as well as amending text, it is important that New Charts (NC) and ‘Charts
Withdrawn’ are added or deleted from the diagram pages. These pages are the main
| source of information for selecting charts for navigation planning purposes and an
| omission on the diagram pages can have serious consequences. The index at the end
of the ‘Catalogue’ should also to be kept up to date for all NC and ‘Charts Withdrawn’.
| e. Record of Corrections. When all corrections have been inserted (or cross-
| referenced) into the publication (including the insertion of the Addendum) , the date on
| which the publication was amended is to be inserted in the appropriate box of the
| ‘Directions for Updating this Volume’ page inside the ‘Catalogue’ front cover (usually
| page1).
Policy Note. The above instructions have been updated at BR 45(7) Change 1 (in 2002) to
reflect recent changes in the arrangement of the ‘Catalogue’ . Despite these detailed alterations,
the policy for correction of the ‘Catalogue’ is in essence unchanged.
6-6 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
0605. Correcting the NW Europe Chart Catalogue (NP 109) |

The NW Europe Chart Catalogue (NP109) is issued annually to Minor War Vessels. |
Corrections for this catalogue are announced in Weekly NM (Section IV) and are to be applied as |
for Catalogue of Admiralty Charts (NP 131) (see Para 0604 opposite).
0606. Correcting the Catalogue of Classified Charts (NP 111) |

The Catalogue of Classified Charts (NP 111) is re-issued infrequently and should be
updated from Fleet NM for all NE / NC regardless of outfit held on board (see Para 0461g). The |
correction procedure is similar to that for NP131 (see Para 0604 opposite).
0607. Correcting Other Publications (NPs 100, 136, 201-204 etc) |

Other Navigational Publications (NPs) are sometimes amended by Weekly NM Section
IV. These corrections are very infrequent and do NOT justify keeping a log of any sort (as is done |
for SDs). Thus these corrections are to be inserted directly into the NPs affected and this |
fact recorded in the front cover of the book. Any corrections to Admiralty Tide Tables (NP |
201-204) identified before they come into force are published in Notice 1 of the AS. NPs which |
are to be corrected in this way include, but are not limited to, the following: |
• NP 100 Mariners Handbook
• NP 136 Ocean Passages for the World
• NP 201-204 Admiralty Tide Tables
UNCLASSIFIED 6-7
Change 1
6-8 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
RADIO NAVIGATIONAL WARNINGS & LOCAL NOTICES TO MARINERS |
CHAPTER 7
RADIO NAVIGATIONAL WARNINGS AND LOCAL NOTICES TO MARINERS |
CONTENTS
Para
Purpose and Scope of Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0701 |
|
|
SECTION 1 - TYPES, DURATION AND CONTENT OF RADIO WARNINGS |
|
Radio Navigational Warnings - Summary of Warning Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0710 |
NAVAREA Navigational Warnings - Duration and Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0711 |
Coastal Radio Navigational Warnings (eg WZ Messages) - Duration and Content . . . . . 0712 |
Local Radio Navigational Warnings - Duration and Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0713 |
Reception of Radio Warnings Other than by NAVTEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0714 |
SECTION 2 - POLICY AND PROCEDURES FOR RADIO WARNINGS |

|
NAVTEX - Explanation of System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0720 |
NAVTEX - Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0721 |
GMDSS and Fleet Broadcast for Radio Navigation Warnings - Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0722 |
‘NAVTEX Log’ - Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0723 |
Display Methods for Radio Navigation Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0724 |
Policy for Plotting of Radio Navigation Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0725 |
SECTION 3 - POLICY AND PROCEDURES FOR LOCAL NOTICES TO MARINERS |

|
Local Notice to Mariners - Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0730 |
Policy for Plotting of Local NMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0731 |
UK RESTRICTED 7-1
Change 1
7-2 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
CHAPTER 7
RADIO NAVIGATIONAL WARNINGS AND LOCAL NOTICES TO MARINERS |
0701. Purpose and Scope of Chapter |

The purpose and scope of this chapter is as follows: |
|
a. Radio Navigational Warnings. This chapter provides an overview of the radio |
navigation warning system, from worldwide coverage to the provision of minor local |
warnings, together with the way such warnings should be managed within the RN and |
RFA. More detailed information about the structure, organisation, content and |
promulgation of radio navigation warnings may be found in ALRS Volume 3, as follows: |
• Worldwide Navigational Warning Service (NAVAREAs). Explanation |
and detail concerning NAVAREA messages will be found in the ‘Radio |
Navigation Warnings’ section (usually located towards the back) of either parts |
of ALRS Vol 3. The same (global) explanation is contained in Part 1 of the |
publication (Europe, Africa and Asia) as in Part 2 (Oceania and the Americas). |
Details of arrangements in each NAVAREA follow, as appropriate to area. |
• Coastal Radio Navigation Warnings (eg WZs). An explanation of ‘Coastal’ |
radio navigation warnings is at Paras 0710c / 0712 and in the ‘Radio |
Navigation Warnings’ section of ALRS Vol 3, immediately following the |
NAVAREA explanation. Details of national ‘Coastal’ radio navigation |
warnings will be found in ‘Radio Weather Services and Navigational Warnings’ |
section (which makes up the main bulk of the publication) of ALRS Vol 3 Parts |
1 & 2. For the UK, details of ‘WZ’ radio navigation warnings will be found |
in the UK entry of this section of ALRS Vol 3 Part 1. |
• Firing / Practice Areas (eg SubFacts and GunFacts Warnings). Details of |
UK ‘Firing and Practice’ areas, together with the Subfacts and Gunfacts |
warning messages will be found in UK entry for ‘Radio Weather Services and |
Navigational Warnings’ section of ALRS Vol 3 Part 1. Similar information for |
other nations will be found in the respective national entries of this section in |
ALRS Vol 3, Parts 1 and 2. See also Para 0710e. |
• SUBNAV Warnings. Protectively marked submarine navigation (SUBNAV) |
warnings about activities not of concern to surface ships (eg deep cable laying |
etc) are sent to submarines via the Fleet Broadcast, but not via NAVTEX. |
|
b. Local Radio Warnings and Local Notices to Mariners. This chapter also covers |
the origin, methods of promulgation and procedures required for Local Radio Warnings |
(Local Radio Navwarns) and Local Notices to Mariners (Local NMs). |
|
c. Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS). Global Maritime |
Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) messages are transmitted over NAVTEX, but the |
‘distress’ aspect of GMDSS is not covered within this book. Full details of the GMDSS |
system, with its requirements, organisation and operation are at ALRS Volume 5. |
|
0702-0709. Spare |
UK RESTRICTED 7-3
Change 1
7-4 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
SECTION 1 - TYPES, DURATION AND CONTENT OF RADIO WARNINGS |
0710. Radio Navigational Warnings - Summary of Warning Types

Radio navigational warnings are used to broadcast safety information which cannot wait |
for Notices to Mariners (NMs). There are 3 main types of radio navigational warning: |
‘Worldwide’, ‘Coastal’ and ‘Local’ warnings, although RN / NATO submarines receive additional |
information. |
a. ‘Worldwide’ Warnings - NAVAREAs. The world is divided into 16 NAVAREAs, |

the boundaries of which are shown at Fig 7-1 (overleaf facing Para 0711) and in more
detail in ALRS Volume 3 (see Para 0701a). Warnings are transmitted by the relevant
NAVAREA coordinator in English but may also be transmitted in local languages.
Significant NAVAREA warnings are also published in Weekly NM Section III when
appropriate. See Para 0711 for further details.
b. ‘Worldwide’ Warnings - HYDROLANTs, HYDROPACs and ‘US SPECIAL’. |

The USA also transmit nationally-controlled worldwide HYDROLANT (Atlantic) and |
HYDROPAC (Pacific, Indian and Southern Oceans) warnings, which cover all areas not |
covered by (US coordinated) NAVAREAs IV and XII (see Fig 7-1). Worldwide ‘US |
SPECIAL’ warnings are also transmitted for subjects not appropriate for other warnings. |
Selected warnings from each of these series’ are also published in Weekly NM Section III. All |
warnings are in English but may also be transmitted in local languages.
|
c. ‘Coastal’ Radio Warnings (WZ). ‘Coastal’ radio warnings, covering up to 200 miles |
from the coast are transmitted by ‘National Coordinators’ in accordance with national |
practices described in ALRS Vol 3 (Para 0701a). Warnings are transmitted by the relevant |
‘National Coordinator’ in English but may also be transmitted in local languages. In UK and |
adjacent waters the ‘Coastal’ warnings are known as the WZ series of messages. See Para |
0712 for further details.
d. ‘Local’ Radio Warnings. ‘Local’ radio warning are promulgated separately within the |
limits of a harbour or port authority (eg by QHMs using the naval signal system / VHF or |
other authorities using VHF only). ‘Local’ warnings may only be transmitted in the local |
language. If wider dissemination is needed, they may be raised to ‘Coastal’ status. See Para |
0713. |
e. Coastal / Local Radio Warnings - Firing Practice Areas. Certain nations provide |
details of military / naval activity in their national ‘Firing and Practice’ areas by radio |
navigational warnings. Depending on the nation, these may either be broadcast on NAVTEX |
or necessitate a call by the mariner to the range safety organisation to enquire about activity. |
For UK ‘Firing and Practice’ areas, Subfacts and Gunfacts warning messages are transmitted |
by NAVTEX and by VHF by appropriate Maritime and Coastguard Agency (MCA) stations. |
Details will be found in ALRS Vol 3 Part 1 (see Para 0701a). Similar information for other |
nations will be found in the respective national entries of this section in ALRS Vol 3, Parts 1 |
and 2. |
f. SUBNAV Radio Warnings. SUBNAV radio warnings are a separate entity for RN / |
NATO submarines only and are NOT broadcast via NAVTEX. See Paras 0701a & 0714e. |
UK RESTRICTED 7-5
Change 1
Fig. 7-1. ‘NAVAREAs’ of the Worldwide Navigational Warning Service
7-6 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
0711. ‘Worldwide’ Warnings (NAVAREAs) - Duration and Content |

The ‘Worldwide Navigational Warning Service’ comprises 16 geographical sea areas (I-XVI) |
called NAVAREAs. Each NAVAREA has a coordinator who is responsible for issuing consecutively |
numbered long-range navigational radio warnings for that area. The area limits are shown at Fig 7-1 |
opposite and are available in more detailed form at ALRS Vol 3 (see Para 0701a). |
a. Duration of NAVAREA Warnings. NAVAREA warnings remain in force until |

cancelled. If still in force after the last scheduled occasion of being broadcast, NAVAREA |
warnings are made available in printed form and significant ones reprinted in Weekly NM |
Section III. Many NAVAREA warnings are of a temporary nature, but others remain in force |
for several weeks and may then be succeeded by an NM.
b. Content of NAVAREA Warnings. NAVAREA warnings contain information needed

by ocean-going ships for safe navigation, including (but not limited to) the following:
• Casualties to lights, fog signals and buoys affecting the main shipping lanes. |
• The presence of dangerous wrecks in or near main shipping lanes, and if relevant, |
their marking. |
• Establishment of major new aids to navigation or significant changes to existing |
ones when such establishment or change might be misleading to shipping. |
• The presence of large unwieldy tows in congested waters. |
• Drifting mines. |
• Areas where Search and Rescue (SAR) and anti-pollution measures are being |
carried out (for the avoidance of such areas). |
• At the request of the controlling Maritime Rescue Coordination Centre (MRCC), |
notification of ships and aircraft on or over the open sea reported in distress, |
seriously overdue or missing. |
• The presence of newly discovered rocks, shoals, reefs and wrecks likely to |
constitute a danger to shipping, and if relevant, their marking. |
• Unexpected alteration or suspension of established routes. |
• Cable or pipe-laying activities, the towing of large submerged objects, for research |
or geophysical exploration, the employment of manned or unmanned submersibles, |
or other underwater operations constituting potential dangers in or near shipping |
lanes. |
• Establishment of offshore structures in or near shipping lanes. |
• Significant malfunctioning of radio navigation services. |
• Information concerning special operations which might affect the safety of |
shipping, sometimes over wide areas (eg naval exercises, missile firings, space |
missions, nuclear tests etc). It is important that where the degree of hazard is |
known, this information is included in the relevant warning. Wherever possible, |
such warnings should be originated not less than 5 days in advance of the |
scheduled event. The warning would remain in force until the event is completed. |
UK RESTRICTED 7-7
Change 1
Fig 7-2. UK Coastal Radio Navigation Warning Areas (WZ Message Areas)
7-8 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
0712. Coastal Radio Navigational Warnings (eg WZ Messages) - Duration and Content |
‘Coastal’ radio warnings cover up to 200 miles from the coast as described at Para 0710c. |
National practices for these warnings vary and ALRS Vol 3 provides details for each national area (see |
Para 0701a). |
a. Duration of Coastal Radio Navigational Warnings. ‘Coastal’ radio warnings remain |

in force until cancelled, although many contain an instruction making them self-cancelling. |
‘Coastal’ warnings are usually of relatively short duration and are not re-published in printed |
form or contained in Weekly NMs. If a ‘Coastal’ warning remains in force for more than a |
couple of weeks it will usually be cancelled and re-issued under a new number. If wider |
dissemination is subsequently considered necessary, they may be raised to NAVAREA status |
(see Para 0711). |
|
b. Content of Coastal Radio Navigational Warnings. ‘Coastal’ radio warnings contain |
navigational safety information of a sufficiently limited nature to allow mariners to be made |
aware of it as they enter a given region. Thus navigational safety information which is unlikely |
to affect ‘through traffic’ in the main shipping lanes (and thus not warrant a NAVAREA |
warning) would instead be broadcast as a ‘Coastal’ radio warning, provided it also fell inside |
the geographic boundary (about 200miles offshore) of the ‘National Coordinator’ (see Para |
0711 / Fig 7-1). |
|
c. UK Coastal Radio Navigational Warnings - WZ Messages. In UK and adjacent |
waters the ‘Coastal’ warnings are known as the WZ series of messages and are split into |
geographical areas ALFA to NOVEMBER; a diagram of these areas is at Fig 7-2 (opposite) |
and in ALRS 3, Part 1. |
0713. Local (Port) Radio Navigational Warnings - Duration and Content |

Local Port Radio Navigational Warnings (Local Radio Navwarns) are promulgated |
separately within the limits of a harbour or port authority, usually in the local language (see Para |
0710d). If wider dissemination is subsequently considered necessary, they may be raised to ‘Coastal’ |
warning status and broadcast via NAVTEX. |
a. Duration of Local (Port) Radio Navigational Warnings. Local Radio Navwarns are |
often transmitted by voice on VHF and are usually of short duration. They may be signalled |
by QHMs for naval base ports but are not normally re-published in printed form or contained |
in Weekly NMs. If a Local Radio Navwarn remains in force for more than a few days it will |
usually be cancelled and re-issued under a new number, or if likely to be in force for a
protracted period, may be upgraded to ‘Coastal’ radio warning status (see Para 0712 above).
|
b. Content of Local (Port) Radio Navigational Warnings. Local Radio Navwarns |
contain navigational safety information of a sufficiently localised and limited nature to allow |
mariners to be made aware of it as they approach a port or harbour area. Such information |
is broadcast by the port or harbour authority, Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) authority or
possibly by the MCA (or equivalent), as appropriate. See also Para 0723h.
UK RESTRICTED 7-9
Change 1
| 0714. Reception of Radio Warnings Other than by NAVTEX

| NAVTEX (see Paras 0720-0724) is the primary method of receiving NAVAREA warnings,
| HYDROLANT / HYDROPAC / US SPECIAL warnings, ‘Coastal’ (WZ) warnings, and Subfact /
| Gunfact warnings. These messages are also transmitted by other means, and arrangements must be
made to identify the necessary messages needed to supplement NAVTEX. This will depend whether
| NAVTEX equipment is working, if the vessel is outside range of any NAVTEX transmitter (eg mid
| Atlantic), or outside range of particular NAVTEX transmitters (eg passage from UK to Gibraltar).
| The NO, NY and OOWs must be clear about these arrangements and any actions required (see Paras
| 0721 / 0722). The policy for plotting radio warnings is at Para 0725.
| a. GMDSS Safety Net. NAVAREA / HYDROLANT / HYDROPAC / US SPECIAL and

| ‘Coastal’ warnings may be received via GMDSS Safety Net. See ALRS Vol 5.
| b. UKHO Signal Action. Currently, in addition to broadcasts routed via GMDSS Safety
| Net, UKHO uses the Fleet Broadcast system (but see Paras 0714c-e below) to signal radio
| warnings to RN warships / RN submarines / RFAs as follows:
| • NAVAREA I Warnings. NAVAREA I warnings are addressed to AIG 1062.
| • NAVAREA II-XVI, HYDROLANT, HYDROPAC, US SPECIAL Warnings.
| NAVAREA II-XVI and HYDROLANT / HYDROPAC / US SPECIAL warnings are
| addressed to AIG 1064.
| • ‘Coastal’ (WZ) Warnings. WZ warnings are addressed to AIG 1063.
| • Rig Moves. NAVAREA I / WZ ‘Rig Move’ warnings are also sent to AIG 1059.
| • SUBNAV Warnings. SUBNAV warnings are addressed to AIG 1058.
|
| c. Fleet Broadcast Arrangements (Except MM / PP and SM Broadcasts). To avoid
| clogging the various Fleet Broadcasts with unnecessary radio navigational warnings (and
| meteorological information etc), the information from UKHO at Para 0714b (above) is vetted
| (in accordance with RNCP 1 Chapter 2) by the Geographic Collective Address (GEOCAD)
| procedure. In essence, this means individual ships must request navigational warning
| signals for their operating area to be included in their Fleet Broadcast, by requesting
| inclusion of the appropriate GEOCAD. This provides a means of receiving radio
| navigational warnings when outside particular NAVTEX coverage areas (ie between 250 - 400
| miles from a NAVTEX transmitting station) or if the NAVTEX receiver is defective.
|
| d. Fleet MM / PP Broadcast Arrangements. Due to the traffic levels on the MM / PP
| Fleet Broadcast, and that Minor War Vessels usually operate within NAVTEX coverage areas
| (ie between 250-400 miles from a NAVTEX station), radio navigation warnings (NAVAREAs
| and WZs) are not normally transmitted on this broadcast. If such radio navigation warnings
| are required by a Minor War Vessel (eg due to failure of the NAVTEX receiver etc)
| arrangements should be made to receive them as at Para 0714b above.
|
| e. SM Broadcast Arrangements. The content of the Submarine (SM) Broadcast
| (including the provision of radio navigational warnings) is vetted by shore authorities and no
| action in this respect should normally be required from submarines.
|
| 0715-0719. Spare
7-10 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
SECTION 2 - POLICY AND PROCEDURES FOR RADIO WARNINGS |

|
0720. NAVTEX - Explanation of System |
a. Concept of Operation. NAVTEX is an automated direct-printing service for the

promulgation of navigational and meteorological warnings and urgent information to ships.
It is broadcast on a time-sharing basis to avoid mutual interference, internationally (in English
on 518 kHz) and sometimes nationally (usually on 490 kHz and in a local language - see |
Note). It provides a simple, low cost means of receiving Marine Safety Information (MSI) in |
ships at sea within coastal waters. NAVTEX fulfils an integral role in GMDSS and is also a
component of the ‘Wordwide Navigation Warning System’. Further information is at ALRS
Volumes 5 and 3 respectively (see Para 0701a). A summary in diagrammatic form of the |
international (518 kHz) NAVTEX organisational structure is at Fig 7-3.
Fig 7-3. Diagrammatic Summary of the NAVTEX Organisational Structure

Note. The content of national NAVTEX warnings vary, but are usually in local language and may |
concentrate on weather bulletins, although navigational warnings are included. NAVTEX equipment |
in most RN warships / submarines / RFAs is NOT capable of receiving national NAVTEX warnings |
(490 kHz etc), and the following information is for the 518 kHz service. |
Policy Note. The above information about national (490 kHz etc) NAVTEX is new. |
UK RESTRICTED 7-11
Change 1
Fig 7-4. NAVTEX - Marine Safety Information (MSI) Broadcast Areas (NE Atlantic)
7-12 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
(0720) b. NAVTEX - Selection of Stations. Each NAVTEX transmitting station can cover an area |
with a radius of 250 - 400 miles and although they work on a time-sharing basis, the power |
of each transmitter is also regulated to avoid mutual interference. The NAVTEX equipment |
may be set to receive an appropriate NAVTEX station (or stations) for the vessel’s position and |
intended movement. See Para 0721. |
c. NAVTEX - Selection of ‘Subject Indicator Characters’. NAVTEX provides |

navigational warnings, met / ice forecasts / warnings, Search and Rescue (SAR), pilot service |
information and navaid messages, each identified by a Subject Indicator Character (see Paras |
0720 f-h). The NAVTEX equipment may be set to select / deselect the Subject Indicator |
Characters to be received for any station, except for those marked with an asterisk * at Paras |
0720 f-h overleaf which cannot be deselected. See also Para 0721. |
d. NAVTEX Message Priorities. Three message priorities are used to dictate the timing |
of the first broadcast of a new NAVTEX warning. In descending order of priority they are: |
• ‘VITAL’. ‘VITAL’ NAVTEX messages are broadcast immediately, subject to |
avoiding any interference to ongoing transmissions. |
• ‘IMPORTANT’. ‘IMPORTANT’NAVTEX messages are broadcast at the next |
available period when the frequency is unused. |
• ‘ROUTINE’. ‘ROUTINE’ NAVTEX messages are broadcast at the next |
scheduled transmission period. |
e. NAVTEX Message Identifiers. All NAVTEX messages are prefixed by a four character |
group (B1, B2, B3, B4) as follows: |
• 1st Character (B1). The first character (B1) of the group denotes the identity of the |
transmitting station. Stations in the UK are: Niton (S and K), Cullercoats (G) and |
Portpatrick (O) - see Fig 7-4 opposite). |
• 2nd Character (B2). The second character (B2) of the group is the Subject |
Indicator Character for the message. The meanings of the Subject Indicator |
Characters for ‘Generic NAVTEX’ and ‘UK NAVTEX’ and ‘US / Icelandic |
NAVTEX’ are at Paras 0720f-h (overleaf). See bullet immediately below |
concerning the procedure if more than 99 navigational warnings are in force. |
• 3rd & 4th Characters (B3, B4). The third and fourth characters (B3, B4) of the |
group are serial numbers from 01 - 99 which can be used in each of the subjects. |
The numbering does not relate to any other radio navigation warning number and |
on reaching 99, numbering restarts at 01. To avoid any potential confusion if more |
than 99 navigational warnings are in force at once, the ‘NAVTEX Coordinator’ (see |
Fig 7-3) may use alternative Subject Indicator Character ‘L’ or ‘V’ (see Paras |
0720f or 0720g respectively, overleaf) for additional navigational warnings. |
Example:
SA79 (‘S’ = NITON Radio, ‘A’ = Navigational Warning and ‘79’ = Serial number) |
NAVAREA ONE 550
FRANCE NORTH COAST - BAIE DE SEINE. CHART BA 2613.
WRECK OF FISHING VESSEL REPORTED 49-30.2N 00-33.5W
UK RESTRICTED 7-13
Change 1
| (0720) f. NAVTEX - Generic ‘Subject Indicator Characters’ (B2). Information is grouped

| by subject in NAVTEX messages by the second character (B2) of the message identifier
| group, as described at Para 0720e. The meaning of the ‘Generic NAVTEX’ Subject
| Indicator Characters (correct to Aug 2001) are as follows, but these should be always
| checked at ALRS Vols 3 or 5 (NAVTEX section) in case any variations have subsequently
| occurred.
A* = Navigational warnings*
B* = Meteorological warnings*
C = Ice Reports
D* = SAR information*
E = Meteorological forecasts
F = Pilot service messages
G = DECCA messages
H = LORAN messages
J = SATNAV messages
K = Other electronic navaid message
| L** = Navigational warnings additional to letter A*
V = Special services - Trial allocation
W = Special services - Trial allocation
X = Special services - Trial allocation
Y = Special services - Trial allocation
Z = No messages on hand
* = Cannot be rejected by the receiver
| ** = Should not be rejected by the receiver (ie should be selected by NO)
| Note. The ‘NAVTEX Coordinator’ of an area (eg UK, USA and Iceland) may vary the meaning
| of these ‘Generic NAVTEX’ Subject Indicator Characters. Details of these variations (correct
| at Aug 2001) are at Para 0720g-h, but ALRS Vol 5 (NAVTEX section) should be always be
| checked, in case any variations have subsequently occurred. Some information on the ‘UK
| NAVTEX’ Subject Indicator Characters variant is also contained at ALRS Vol 3 (NAVTEX
| section).
7-14 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
(0720) g. NAVTEX - UK ‘Subject Indicator Characters’ (B2). The meaning of the ‘UK |
NAVTEX’ Subject Indicator Characters (correct to Aug 2001) which vary from the |
‘Generic’ (see Para 0720f opposite) are as follows (see Note). Variations are shown in |
bold italics. |
A* = Navigational warnings, including Mobile Drilling Rig movements*
D* = SAR information, including Piracy and Armed Robbery warnings*
K = Other electronic navaid message (concerning radio navigation services)
L** = Subfacts / Gunfacts, brief message with details of VHF channels and
broadcast timing (should not be rejected by the receiver)
V = Amplifying navigational warning information, initially announced
under ‘A’, but may also be used as an overflow from ‘A’ if more than
99 messages are in force (see Para 0720e, 3rd bullet).
* = Cannot be rejected by the receiver
** = Should not be rejected by the receiver (ie should be selected by NO) |
Note. The ‘NAVTEX Coordinator’ of an area (eg UK, USA and Iceland) may vary the meaning |
of the ‘Generic NAVTEX’ Subject Indicator Characters (see Para 0720f opposite). Details of |
these variations (correct at Aug 2001) are at Para 0720g-h, but ALRS Vol 5 (NAVTEX section) |
should be always be checked, in case any changes have subsequently occurred. Some |
information on the ‘UK NAVTEX’ Subject Indicator Characters variant is also contained at ALRS |
Vol 3 (NAVTEX section). |
|
h. NAVTEX - US / Iceland ‘Subject Indicator Characters’ (B2). The meaning of |
the ‘US and Iceland NAVTEX’ Subject Indicator Characters which vary from the |
‘Generic’ (see Para 0720f opposite) are as follows (see Note). |
• US Variants from the Generic: |
V = Notices to fishermen |
W = Environmental |
• Iceland Variant from the Generic: |
X = Weather bulletins, navigational warnings, brief notices to fishermen |
and brief telecommunications traffic. |
Note. The ‘NAVTEX Coordinator’ of an area (eg UK, USA and Iceland) may vary the meaning |
of the ‘Generic NAVTEX’ Subject Indicator Characters (see Para 0720f opposite). Details of |
these variations (correct at Aug 2001) are at Para 0720g-h, but ALRS Vol 5 (NAVTEX section) |
should be always be checked, in case any changes have subsequently occurred. |
Policy Note. Para 0720 does not contain any changed information or procedures for
international (518 kHz) NAVTEX but provides a more detailed explanation with diagrams. |
UK RESTRICTED 7-15
Change 1
| 0721. NAVTEX - Policy

|
| a. Selection of Stations and ‘Subject Indicator Characters’ by the NO. The NO
| is responsible for selecting the NAVTEX stations (see Para 0720b) and the Subject Index
| Characters (see Paras 0720c & 0720e-h) to be received. These proposed choices should
| be noted in the NO’s Workbook and included when briefing passage plans to the CO.
|
| b. Initial Setting Up of NAVTEX. Unless the NAVTEX equipment is already running
| and set up, the NY (or equivalent) is responsible for switching it on as directed by the NO
| (but at least 6 hours before sailing) and applying the NAVTEX settings ordered by the NO.
|
| c. NAVTEX Log. The NY (or equivalent) is to manage the NAVTEX Log (see Para
| 0723). The NAVTEX Log is to be kept on the Bridge and available to the OOW at sea.
|
| d. Control of NAVTEX at Sea. At sea, control of NAVTEX is devolved to the OOW,
| under the direction of the NO. The policy for plotting radio warnings is at Para 0725.
| • NAVTEX Stations at Sea. On sailing, the initial NAVTEX settings are to be
| recorded by the OOW in the Navigation Record Book (RNS 3034). At sea
| authority for the OOW to change NAVTEX station is to be marked on the chart
| by the NO and/or stated in the Captain’s Sea Order Book (RNS 0553). Any
| change in the selection of NAVTEX stations or Subject Indicator Characters
| is to be recorded in the Navigation Record Book (RNS 3034).
| • Monitoring NAVTEX Messages at Sea. At sea, the OOW is to monitor
| NAVTEX messages as soon as practicable after they are received.
| • Action by OOW on Receipt of Urgent NAVTEX Messages. If an urgent
| NAVTEX message (or equivalent - see Para 0714) is received which might
| affect the ship / submarine or other ships under the CO’s control, the OOW is
| to take appropriate action (including checking future charts) and/or call the NO
| / CO. The message is to be initialled to confirm that it has been actioned.
| e. Inclusion of NAVTEX at OOW Handovers. At the handover of the OOW, the
| following procedure is to be adopted:
| • Signing NAVTEX Printout Roll. The off-going OOW should sign the
| NAVTEX printout roll at the end of the watch to confirm that all the warnings
| on the roll above have been monitored and appropriate action taken.
| • Outstanding NAVTEX Messages. Any outstanding NAVTEX warnings
| which affect (or might affect) the ship / submarine, or other ships under the
| CO’s control, is to be drawn to the attention of the on-coming OOW.
| • NAVTEX Station and Subject Indicator Character Selection. The on-
| coming OOW should confirm the NAVTEX station and Subject Indicator
| Character selections by operating the ‘print status’ button. The NO is to be
| called if there is concern about the current / intended selections.
| Note. BR 45 Volume 4 (1995 edition, Change 3) will be amended at the next change / new
| edition to include reference to the above procedures for NAVTEX.
Policy Note. Although Para 0721 is new at Change 1, it does not contain new information, but
merely draws together the instructions hitherto scattered elsewhere in BR 45 (7) and BR 9276.
7-16 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
0722. GMDSS and Fleet Broadcast for Radio Navigation Warnings - Policy |
Although NAVTEX is the now primary means of receiving radio navigation warnings, |
there will be occasions when arrangements to receive them by Fleet Broadcast or GMDSS Safety |
Net (using INMARSAT C) will have to be made (when NAVTEX equipment is unserviceable, if |
the vessel is outside range of any NAVTEX transmitter [eg in mid Atlantic], or outside range of |
particular NAVTEX transmitters [eg on passage from UK to Gibraltar]). The details of available |
options are at Para 0714 and the NO should propose appropriate measures when briefing passage |
plans to the CO, and ensure the NY and watchkeeping officers are aware of the arrangements. |
|
0723. ‘NAVTEX Log’ - Procedures |
The term ‘NAVTEX Log’ is used for the log containing ALL radio navigation warnings, |
as most of the information it contains is obtained from NAVTEX. However, it should be noted |
that the ‘NAVTEX Log’ also contains information from sources other than NAVTEX. |
|
a. Overview - Content of the NAVTEX Log. The ‘NAVTEX Log’ should comprise |
an A4 ring binder, divided into sections and sub-sections, as follows: |
• Section 1 - Weekly NM: Printed ‘Rig List’. Contains a photocopy of the |
current ‘Rig List’ printout from Weekly NM. See Para 0723c (overleaf). |
• Section 2 - NAVAREA & Similar Warnings. This section should be divided |
into sub-sections (each with a tote sheet) by NAVAREA geographical area / |
HYDROLANT / HYDROPAC / ‘US SPECIAL’ warnings for the intended |
operating areas. Each sub-section should contain a photocopy of the latest |
printed warnings, from Weekly NM (except for the ‘Rig Lists’), and also |
NAVTEX / GMDSS printouts and/or signal copies of NAVAREA / |
HYDROLANT / HYDROPAC / ‘US SPECIAL’ warnings. See Paras 0723d/e. |
• Section 3 -‘Coastal’ Warnings (eg WZs). Contains NAVTEX , signal and |
GMDSS printouts of ‘Coastal’ warnings (WZs) (with a tote sheet). See Para |
0723f. |
• Section 4 - Gunfacts / Subfacts Warnings. Contains signals NAVTEX / |
GMDSS / VHF transcripts of Gunfacts / Subfacts warnings. See Para 0723g. |
• Section 5 - Local (Port) Radio Navigation Warnings. Contains transcripts |
or signal copies of any relevant Local Radio Navwarns. See Para 0723h. |
• Section 6 (Submarines only) - Signal Copies of SUBNAV Warnings. |
Contains signal copies of SUBNAV warnings with a tote sheet (submarines |
only). See Para 0723i. |
b. NY’s Management of NAVTEX (etc) Printouts. After they have been seen by the |
OOW, the NY (or equivalent) should remove messages from the NAVTEX printer roll and |
collect GMDSS / signal printouts, at least twice daily. These should be used to update |
relevant totes and then be pasted in sequence onto plain A4 sheets in the ‘NAVTEX Log’ |
(as described in detail at Paras 0723e-h). Templates for radio navigation warning tote |
sheets are at Appendix 5. See Para 0724 for display methods for radio navigation |
warnings. |
Policy Note. Para 0723 ‘NAVTEX Log -Procedures’ has been altered substantially at Change 1
to BR 45 (7). The revised instructions should be carefully studied. |
UK RESTRICTED 7-17
Change 1
| (0723) c. Section 1 - Weekly NM: Printed‘Rig Lists’. The printed ‘Rig Lists’ sheets should
| be cut from the photocopy of Weekly NM Section III and placed in a plastic sleeve (or
| equivalent) in Section 1 of the‘NAVTEX Log’. See also Para 0724 (display of ‘Rig List’
| information).
|
| d. Section 2 - NAVAREA & Similar Warnings - Information Sources.
| • Section 2 - Printed Warnings. Photocopies of printed warnings from Weekly
| NMs form the ‘baseline’ information for each geographical area. This is
| updated by each Weekly NM and supplemented by more recent NAVTEX /
| GMDSS printouts / signals. Section 2 should be sub-divided into separate
| geographical areas (I-XVI) plus those for HYDROLANT / HYDROPAC / ‘US
| SPECIAL’ warnings. All warnings in force are to be entered on the
| appropriate tote (see Fig 7-5 and ‘NAVAREA’ tote template at Appendix 5).
| Note. Weekly NM - Lists /Text of Worldwide Radio Navigation Warnings in Force. The
| contents of Weekly NMs Section III are explained at Para 0440a/b, which are repeated below:
| 0440a. Weekly NM Edition No 1 of each year (Section III) consists of:
| < The text of all NAVAREA I warnings in force at the time of going to press
| (usually mid-December of the previous year)
| < The text of edited warnings in force at the time of going to press (usually
| mid-December of the previous year) in NAVAREAs II-XVI,
| HYDROLANT, HYDROPAC and ‘US SPECIAL’ series.
| 0440b. Other Weekly NMs Section III consist of:
| < A list of all NAVAREA I warnings in force
| < The text of new NAVAREA I warnings
| < A list of edited warnings in force in NAVAREAs II-XVI, HYDROLANT,
| HYDROPAC and ‘US SPECIAL’ series.
| < The text of edited new warnings in NAVAREAs II-XVI, HYDROLANT,
| HYDROPAC and ‘US SPECIAL’ series.
|
| • Section 2 - NAVTEX / Signals. NAVAREA / HYDROLANT / HYDROPAC / ‘US
| SPECIAL’ warnings may be received via NAVTEX or by INMARSAT C GMDSS
| Safety Net / Fleet Broadcast signals (see Para 0714). NAVAREA sitreps are
| broadcast 12 hourly and weekly on NAVTEX. NAVAREA and similar warnings may
NOT be printed in Weekly NMs for up to 6 weeks. Thus intended operating areas
up 6 weeks ahead need to be considered when monitoring warnings.
|
NAVAREA TOTE
Geographical NAVAREA . . . . . Area 1 . . .
NAVAREA NUMBER LOCAL AREA CHART(s) & FOLIO(s) AFFECTED CANCELLED by
031/02 France. NW c oast 2644 040/02
032/02 N Sea. Netherlands sector 1505
| Fig 7-5. Example of (Partially Completed) NAVAREA Tote Sheet

(For clarity, red ‘cancellation’ lines have been omitted from above examples)
(Above corrections are representative only and must not be used for navigation)
7-18 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
(0723) e. Section 2 - NAVAREA & Similar Warnings - Logging Procedures. The |

procedure for logging NAVAREA and similar warnings printed in Weekly NM and from |
NAVTEX / GMDSS printouts / signals is as follows: |
• Tote Pages. A separate tote page should be used for each geographical area |
NAVAREA (& similar) warning being kept (see Para 0723a). |
• Logging Action - All Warnings. All NAVAREA (& similar) warnings should |
be logged in the appropriate NAVAREA geographical area (& similar) tote |
page(s) (see Fig 7-5 opposite), at the time the text is inserted into the NAVTEX
Log. Cancelled NAVAREA (& similar) warnings should be ruled through in |
RED / RED highlighter. |
• Pasting Action on Warnings from Weekly NM Section III - Edition No 1. |
Photocopy Weekly NM Section III from Edition No 1 of the current year for |
the vessel’s current and intended geographical operating areas and paste them |
into the appropriate sub-section of the NAVTEX Log Section 2. |
• Pasting Action on Warnings from Subsequent Weekly NMs Section III. |
Photocopy subsequent Weekly NMs Section III, in sequence , for the vessel’s |
current and intended geographical operating areas and paste them into the |
appropriate sub-section of the NAVTEX Log Section 2. Rule through in RED |
/ RED highlighter any ‘cancelled’ warnings listed in each Weekly NM Section |
III (and also warnings cancelled by more recent NAVTEX etc printouts. |
• Pasting Action on Receipt of NAVTEX / GMDSS Printouts / Signals. |
NAVAREA (& similar) warnings should be pasted onto sheets of A4 paper in |
the appropriate NAVAREA geographical area (& similar) ‘message’ page. |
• Cancellation Action. NAVTEX / GMDSS / Signal cancellations of NAVAREA |
(& similar) warnings should be updated on the Weekly NM printed version (and |
earlier NAVTEX / GMDSS / Signal printouts if applicable) as they occur by |
ruling through in RED / RED highlighter, as soon as the cancellation is |
received.
• Check Cancellations. Check through all the ‘in force’ warnings from the |
latest Weekly NM list and ensure that any warnings NOT listed as ‘in force’ |
have been by ruled through in RED / RED highlighter. This provides a |
double check that no cancellation has slipped through the net. |
• Removal of Duplicate Warnings. Identify any NAVTEX / GMDSS / signal |
copies held which duplicate those printed Weekly NM version and remove / |
destroy the NAVTEX / GMDSS / signal versions from their section of the |
NAVTEX Log. |
|
Policy Note. Para 0723 ‘NAVTEX Log -Procedures’ has been altered substantially at Change 1
UK RESTRICTED 7-19
Change 1
| (0723) f. Section 3 -‘Coastal’ warnings (eg WZs). ‘Coastal’ warnings (eg WZs) may be
| received via NAVTEX, Fleet Broadcast signals or INMARSAT C GMDSS Safety Net
| (see Para 0714). A list of ‘WZs in force’ is broadcast on weekly on NAVTEX (at 1025Z
| on Fridays). Other ‘Coastal’ warning sitreps will conform to national practices (see ALRS
| Vol 3). WZ and other ‘Coastal’ warning printouts should be processed as follows:
| • Tote Pages. A separate tote sheet should be used for each national series of
| WZ or other‘Coastal’ warnings (see Notes below).
| • Logging. WZ or other ‘Coastal’ warnings should be logged in the appropriate
| tote sheet(s) (see Fig 7-6). Cancelled WZ or other ‘Coastal’ warnings should
| be ruled through in RED / RED highlighter.
| • Pasting. WZ or other ‘Coastal’ warnings should be pasted onto sheets of A4
| paper in the appropriate ‘message’ page(s). Cancelled WZ or other ‘Coastal’
| warnings should be ruled through in RED / RED highlighter.
WZ / COASTAL WARNING TOTE

STATION(S) SELECTED STATION IDENTITY LETTER
Niton (UK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S & K . . . . . . . . .
Cullercoats (UK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G. . . . . . . . . . . . .
........... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WZ / COASTAL LOCAL AREA CHART(s) & FOLIO(s) AFFECTED CANCELLED by
W A R N IN G
N U M BE R.
WZ 245/02 Channel (Portsmouth) 2629, 2631 (1) 246/02
WZ 249/02 Channel (Portsmouth) 2629, 2631 (1) Self -cancelling
WZ 251/02 Cha nnel (Salcom be) 28, 1634, 1613 (1) W Z In-force summa ry 14 A pr
Fig 7-6. Example of (Partially Completed) WZ Tote Sheet

(For clarity, red ‘cancellation’ lines have been omitted from above examples)
(The above corrections are representative only and must not be used for navigation)
| Notes:
| 1. Separate Tote Sheets. The need for separate tote sheets for each national series of ‘Coastal’
| warnings may be seen by an example of a ship on passage from UK to Gibraltar (see Fig 7-4),
| which may start off receiving (UK) WZ warnings via Niton (NAVTEX Stations S & K), then the
| French ‘Coastal’ warnings via Corsen (NAVTEX Station A), the Spanish ‘Coastal’ warnings via
| Coruna (NAVTEX Station D), the Portuguese ‘Coastal’ warnings via Monsanto (NAVTEX
| Station R) etc all the way to Gibraltar. Attempting to log all different national warning systems
| onto one tote sheet would not present as clear a picture as that provided by separate tote sheets.
| 2. Consecutive Numbers. Unlike the Fleet Broadcast system where all WZ warnings are
| received, with NAVTEX, WZ warnings received from one of the 3 UK NAVTEX stations will have
| apparently ‘missing’ WZ numbers, (these will have been used by one of the other 2 stations which
| may be out of range and thus not possible to receive). Similar situations may arise with other
| national authorities and the (weekly) ‘in force’ lists must be used to check that no relevant
| warnings or cancellations have been missed. Creating a new tote sheet after a weekly ‘in force
| list’ has been received might be helpful for clarity, if many cancellations have occurred.
7-20 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
(0723) g. Section 4 - NAVTEX Printouts: GUNFACTS / SUBFACTS Warnings. |

Gunfacts / Subfacts information (from NAVTEX or VHF - see Para 0710e) is not |
contained in any other warning message and the printouts should be kept in Section 4 of |
the NAVTEX Log. These warnings should either be pasted onto sheets of A4 paper in a |
‘message’ page or retained in a plastic wallet. As there are so few Gunfacts / Subfacts |
warnings, there is normally no need to maintain a tote. Cancelled Gunfacts / Subfacts |
warnings should be either ruled through in RED / RED highlighter if pasted on sheets, |
or removed if held in a plastic wallet. |
|
h. Section 5 - Local Radio Warnings. Local Radio Warnings (Local Radio |
Navwarns) may either be received via the Fleet Broadcast (if about a Naval Base port) |
or more usually by voice on VHF (see Para 0713). The logging procedure is as follows: |
• Tote and Message Pages. Local Radio Navwarns should be logged into a |
separate tote for each port (see Fig 7-7 below). Hard copies (or brief |
transcripts of any voice messages) pasted onto sheets of A4 paper and kept in |
Section 5 of the NAVTEX Log. Cancelled Local Radio Navwarns should be |
ruled through in RED / RED highlighter on both the tote and message. |
• NP 133B Action. Local Radio Navwarns are NO LONGER required to be |
logged into the ‘Radio Nav Warnings’ column on the H55 / H55A folio |
correction sheets in NP 133B (see Policy Note). |
• LOGREQ Action. Details of the latest Local Radio Navwarns held should be |
included on LOGREQs prior to visiting a port. Updated Local Radio |
Navwarns will be included on the LOGREQ response. |
LOCAL RADIO NAV WARNINGS TOTE

PORT AREA. . Plymouth . .
W A R N IN G AREA CH ART (s) DESCRIPTION of CANCELLED by
NUMBER AFFECTED WARNING NOTICE
20/01 Plymouth Sou nd 30,1627, Surv ey 21/01

1327
21/01 Ha moa ze 1902 Dredging
Fig 7-7. Example of (Partially Completed ) Local Radio Navwarn Tote Page
(Note 1. For clarity, red ‘cancellation’ lines have been omitted from above examples)
i. Section 6 - Signal Copies of SUBNAV Warnings (Submarines only). SUBNAV |
warnings (selected submarines only) are received via the SM Fleet Broadcast. They |
should be logged on a tote sheet and filed under Section 6 of the NAVTEX Log. |
Policy Note. Para 0723 ‘NAVTEX Log -Procedures’ has been altered substantially at Change 1 |
|
Para 0724 (Display Methods) continued overleaf .......................... |
UK RESTRICTED 7-21
Change 1
| 0724. Display Methods for Radio Navigation Warnings

| The provision of a ‘wall chart’ to show the position of in-force radio navigation warnings
| is at the discretion of the NO. However, should a wall chart be used, then it must be kept up to
| date, as an uncorrected wall chart is worse than useless. In particular ‘Rig Moves’ occur with
| such frequency that it is usually impracticable to maintain an up-to-date ‘wall chart’ for this
| purpose. In general it is usually better to make an assessment of in-force radio navigation
| warnings by inspection of all ‘Sections’ of the NAVTEX Log, in conjunction with the NO’s
| ‘Priority List of Charts’ (see Para 0531b / App 5).
|
| 0725. Policy for Plotting of Radio Navigation Warnings
| Radio navigation warnings affecting charts in use or about to be used are to be plotted
| immediately in pencil and recorded (in the NAVWARN BLOCK) on the relevant charts. The
| plotting of radio warnings on other charts is to be as directed by the NO. See Para 0531 for
| detail of plotting / recording procedures.
|
| 0726-0729. Spare.
7-22 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
SECTION 3 - POLICY AND PROCEDURES FOR LOCAL NOTICES TO MARINERS |

|
0730. Local Notice to Mariners - Procedures |
a. Issue. Local Notices to Mariners (Local NM) are issued by both commercial |
harbour masters and QHMs. They contain navigational information for their respective
port areas, which may extend some distance outside harbour. Details of ‘Dockyard Port’ |
limits are contained in FLOOs and Admiralty Sailing Directions (SDs) (‘Pilots’). |
b. Supply. Local NM are NOT supplied automatically except in an RN warship’s / |

submarines’s Base Port. Application has to be made to the appropriate harbour master.
c. Local Notices to Mariners Log. The Local NM Log should be an A4 ring-binder, |

sub-divided into tote and message pages for the relevant local areas. Each Local NM |
has a local number and Local NMs should be kept for any HM Dockyard / UK Naval |
Base port likely to be visited regularly. The logging procedure is as follows:
• Tote and Message Pages. Local NMs should be logged into a tote (see |
template at Appendix 5 and example at Fig 7-8 below) and pasted into the
message page. Cancelled Local NMs should be ruled through in RED / RED |
highlighter on the tote / message pages.
• NP 133B Action. Local NMs are NO LONGER required to be logged into |
the ‘Radio Nav Warnings’ column on the H55 / H55A folio correction sheets |
in NP 133B (see Policy Note). |
• LOGREQ. Details of the latest Local NMs held should be included on |
LOGREQs prior to visiting a port. Signalled extracts of any new Local NM |
affecting the vessel’s passage to its berth will be included on the LOGREQ
reply. Other Local NMs will be passed to the vessel on arrival. |
LOCAL NOTICE TO M ARINERS TOTE

PORT AREA .........Portsmouth.......
W A R N IN G AREA CH ART (s) DESCRIPTION of WARNING NOTICE CANCELLED
NUMBER AFFECTED by
30/01 Portsmouth Hbr 2629, 2631 Diving in the ha rbour entra nce 33/01
31/01 Portsmouth Hbr 2629, 2631 Ma intenance dredging 33/01
32/01 Sandown B ay 2022, 2050, 2045, 2450 Deployment of current meters
Fig 7-8. Example of (Partially Completed )Local NM Tote Page

(Note 1. For clarity, red ‘cancellation’ lines have been omitted from above examples)
Policy Note. Para 0730 ‘Local Notice to Mariners - Procedures’ has been altered at Change 1
UK RESTRICTED 7-23
Change 1
| 0731. Policy for Plotting of Local NMs

| Local NMs affecting charts in use or about to be used are to be plotted immediately in
| pencil and recorded (in the NAVWARN BLOCK) on the relevant charts. The plotting of Local
| NMs on other charts is to be as directed by the NO. See Para 0531 for plotting / recording
| procedures.
7-24 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
CHRONOMETERS AND WATCHES
CHAPTER 8
CONTENTS
Para
Timepieces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0801
Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0802
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0803
Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0804
Obtaining Time Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0805
Time Zones and Clock Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0806
ANNEX
Annex A: Working out Sunrise / Sunset - Example.
UNCLASSIFIED 8-1
Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
8-2 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
CHAPTER 8
0801. Timepieces
The NO will normally hold one Chronometer Clock, 2 Chronometer Wrist Watches and
one Stopwatch as part of the Navigation Permanent Loan List. These are supplied to provide
a source of time which is independent of external electronic means and also for the execution of
astro-navigation. If young officers are borne requiring astro-navigation training, additional
wristwatches may be held. Pattern numbers of current timepieces are at Appendix 2.
0802. Supply
Supply of the items at Para 0801 is made through the Naval Stores under the ‘Valuable
and Attractive’ procedure.
0803. Storage
The Charthouse is fitted with special lockable stowages, to house the chronometer and
watches when the latter are not being worn.
0804. Transfer
The normal procedure for transfer of Naval Stores with Form RNS 331 should be used.
Ensure that the packing and mode of transport is correct for these delicate items of equipment.
0805. Obtaining Time Checks

Timechecks (in UTC) may be obtained from GPS, time signals (ALRS Vol 2), UK
television (CEEFAX / TELETEXT pages) or UK telephone (Timeline).
0806. Time Zones and Clock Changes
a. Time Zones and Letters. Legal Time Zones are those used within a country to
reflect as closely as possible the longitude in which it is situated. Those countries which
spread across many degrees of longitude, may have different Legal Time Zones within
the country (eg the United States of America). A Standard Time Zone chart (reproduced
at Fig 8-1), Legal Times for each country, definitions of Daylight Saving Time and the
International Date Line are at ALRS Vol 2. The known dates of changes between Legal
Time and Daylight Saving time and vice versa are at ALRS Vol 2 and are amended by
Weekly NM. Note that the Time Zone letter ‘J’ is omitted.
b. Clock Changes. Except for communication office clocks which are always kept in
Time Zone ZULU, the alteration of ship’s clocks / ship’s time should be discussed
between the NO and the CO / XO and forms part of the passage plan / ship’s shortcast.
The normal time of advancing clocks (going East) is 2330, and the normal time of
retarding clocks (going West) is 1830. The faces of all clocks required for operational
purposes should be clearly marked with the Time Zone currently set on them (and this
may include Time Zone ZULU).
UNCLASSIFIED 8-3
Change 2
Fig 8-1. Standard Time Zone Chart of the World
8-4 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
CHRONOMETERS AND WATCHES |
WORKING OUT SUNRISE / SUNSET - EXAMPLE
1. Determine the local time of sunset on 28 January1997 in position 42/ 30NN, 030/ 15NW
with the ship in Zone ‘O’ (+2). Appropriate extracts from the 1997 Nautical Almanac Tables will
be found at BR45(5) pages 4A-7, 4A-95 and 4A-126. Other rising and setting examples, together |
with the answers, may be found at BR45(5) pages 1B-2 to 1B-3. BR45(5) contains all the |
extracts from all the tables necessary for the solution of these example problems.
2. From the Nautical Almanac, obtain the Latitude Time for the nearest Latitude on the mid
date for the page in question. In this example, the interpolated time is 1658 (GMT or Zulu Time)
for the mid date of 28 Jan 97 for a Latitude of 42/ 30’N. Because the tables only provide times
at intervals of 5/ of latitude, interpolation has had to take place between 40/N (1705) and 45/N
(1651) (see BR45(5) page 4A-7). This is undertaken using TABLE 1 - FOR LATITUDE at the
end of the yellow pages at the back of the Nautical Almanac (found at BR45(5) page 4A-126 and |
in this particular case equates to 7 minutes, adjusting the Latitude Time to 1658.
3. If the ship’s position is not on the Greenwich Meridian, ie either East or West of the 0o
line of Longitude, a correction must be subtracted from or added to the Latitude Time. A useful
way to remember whether to add or subtract is given by the rhymes:
East is Least - MINUS
West is Best - PLUS
In this example, from the Conversion of Arc to Time Table (first yellow page at the back of the
Nautical Almanac (found at BR45(5) Page 4A-95), 30/ 15’ converts to 2 hrs1 min (30/ being 2 |
hr 00 min and 15N being equal to 1 min 00 sec). This time is added to the adjusted Latitude Time
to give a corrected time of:-
1658 + 0201 = 1859
4. Noting that the ship is in Zone ‘O’ (ie Zone (+2)), then 2 hr is subtracted from the
Corrected time to give:-
1859 - 0200 = 1659 Zone (+2)
5. Should the date not be the central date on the page, then interpolation will require to be
undertaken between the page before or after, using the Latitude and Longitude interpolation tables
mentioned at Para 2 above.
6. The calculation may be summarised by the following table:
SS 1658
Long W+ +0201
UT 1859
Zone(+2) - - 0200
Local Time 1659
UNCLASSIFIED 8A-1
Change 1
CHRONOMETERS AND WATCHES |
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
8A-2 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
DUTIES - RN NAVIGATOR’S YEOMAN / RFA CHART MAINTENANCE OFFICER
CHAPTER 9
CONTENTS
Para
Purpose and Scope of Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0901
Differences in RN and RFA Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0902
RFA Personnel and Management of Chart Outfit Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0903
SECTION 1 - DUTIES OF THE RN NAVIGATOR’S YEOMAN (NY)
Terms of Reference - NY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0910

Maintenance of Charts and Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0911
Providing Charts, Publications, Instruments and Equipment (Ships & Submarines) . . . . 0912 |
Additional Items for the Bridge / Control Room (Ships and Submarines) . . . . . . . . . . . . 0913 |
NY Tasks at Special Sea Dutymen (SSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0914
Recording of Wheel and Engine Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0915
Operation of Echo Sounder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0916
Cleanliness of Charthouse and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0917
Security of Navigational Instruments and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0918
Operation of Weather Facsimile Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0919
SECTION 2 - DUTIES OF THE RFA CHART MAINTENANCE OFFICER (CMO)
Terms of Reference - Chart Maintenance Officer (CMO [NY Equivalent]) . . . . . . . . . . . 0920

Maintenance of Charts and Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0921
Providing Charts, Publications, Instruments and Equipment to the Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . 0922
Additional Items Which May be Required on the Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0923
CMO (NY Equivalent) Tasks at Harbour Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0924
Recording of Wheel and Engine Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0925
Operation of Echo Sounder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0926
Cleanliness of Charthouse and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0927
Security of Navigational Instruments and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0928
Operation of Weather Facsimile Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0929
ANNEX
Annex A: Chart Outfit Maintenance Progress Sheet
9-1
UK RESTRICTED Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
9-2 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
CHAPTER 9

This chapter is covers the duties of the Navigator’s Yeoman (NY) in greater detail than
hitherto and also incorporates elements from the NY duties contained in the BR 9276 series |
(Warfare Standing Orders). This apparent duplication is necessary because the BR 9276 series |
is currently (2003) written for major RN warships and above (and only supplied to those units), |
and it does NOT cover Minor War Vessels, submarines or RFAs. In addition, this chapter now
contains guidance for the NY equivalent in RFAs.
0902. Differences in RN and RFA Practices

There is no direct equivalent to the RN NY in RFAs. Parts of the RN NY’s duties are
carried out by a variety of different officers, although in some cases ratings may also assist. This
fragmentation of the tasks carried out by an RN NY requires the RFA NO to take additional care
in briefing and supervising those who are detailed to assist, particularly as they may have received
no formal training for these tasks. Section 2 of this chapter (Duties of the RFA Chart
Maintenance Officer) mirrors Section 1 (Duties of the RN Navigator’s Yeoman), but is adapted
for the procedural variations necessary in RFAs.
0903. RFA Personnel and Management of Chart Outfit Corrections
a. Personnel Qualifications and Training. RFA officers appointed as NOs are

normally qualified at the Maritime Warfare School (HMS COLLINGWOOD) either to
‘Specialist N’ or ‘n’ level, and this includes some instruction on chart outfit correction.
However, the Second and/or Third Officers nominated by the CO to assist with the
maintenance of the chart outfit, as ‘Chart Maintenance Officer (CMO)’ (NY equivalent),
receive no formal chart correction training and rely solely on ‘on-job training’ to learn the
procedures for these tasks. Some RFAs may have a LH(HC) to assist in the bridge
routines who may have also done the ‘Navigators Yeoman’ course at Maritime Warfare
School (HMS COLLINGWOOD). Exceptionally, a rating may in certain circumstances
be given the task of CMO (see Para 0920).
b. Titles Used for Personnel Assisting with Chart Outfit Correction. All personnel
assisting the NO in the correction of the chart outfit are sometimes referred to
colloquially as ‘Navigators Yeomen’ (NY) but are generally referred to as ‘NY (or
equivalent)’ in BR 45 (7).
c. Management and Supervision of Untrained ‘NY Equivalents’. Reliance on

untrained personnel as Chart Maintenance Officers (NY ‘equivalents’) to correct the chart
outfit increases the risk of error. The RFA NO must thus ensure that the officers and
ratings used for this task are fully briefed on the appropriate procedures from
BR45 (7), and are supervised to ensure that these procedures are applied accurately
and correctly.
0904-0909. Spare
9-3
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
9-4 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
SECTION 1 - DUTIES OF THE RN NAVIGATOR’S YEOMAN (NY)
0910. Terms of Reference - NY

Terms of Reference for the Navigator’s Yeoman (NY) are stated in the BR 9276 series |
(Warfare Department Standing Orders - Navigation Chapter), which are currently only available |
to FF / DDs and above. For the benefit of ships and submarines not authorised to hold BR 9276,
or have an equivalent to the NY, these Terms of Reference are repeated below. The tasks
outlined below are amplified in the subsequent paragraphs.
a. Accountability. The NY is accountable to the NO.
b. Tasks. The NY is responsible for the following operational and material tasks.
(1) Operational.
• To assist the NO when required.
• To switch on / set up the NAVTEX receiver iaw Para 0721b.
• To operate the echo sounder as required and at Special Sea Dutymen
(SSD) [except in submarines]. |
• To make weekly watch and chronometer comparisons.
• To correct all clocks on the Bridge / Control Room (as appropriate). |
• To broadcast time checks daily in harbour and at sea (if required).
• To carry out time check with the MCR/SCC before SSD close up.
• To obtain the ship’s draught from MCR/SCC and enter it in the Ship’s
Log [except in submarines]. |
• To record the wheel and engine orders when SSD are closed up if a tape
recorder is not used, and to ensure the tape is changed when necessary if
a tape recorder is used.
(2) Material.
• To correct all charts and navigational publications.
• To keep navigational warnings logged up to date (see Para 0721c).
• To clean and maintain all navigational instruments and azimuth circles
• To provide the necessary charts, books, instruments and equipment on the
Bridge / Control Room (as appropriate) before going to sea. |
• To clean off and re-stow charts.
• To maintain the cleanliness and appearance of the Charthouse.
Note. Paras 0910a/b are repeated in the BR 9276 series (Warfare Dept Standing Orders) |
Navigation Chapter. |
0911. Maintenance of Charts and Publications

Maintenance of charts and the chart outfit (including publications) is to be conducted in
accordance with the procedures in this book (BR 45 Vol 7), particularly Chapters 3-7. This
maintenance task should be considered before any other task for the NY, as the safety of the ship
may depend upon its timely and accurate completion. A ‘Chart Outfit Maintenance Progress
Sheet’ is at Annex 9A and is useful as an aide-memoire to ensure no task is overlooked. If the
NY is in any difficulty or doubt about the execution of the chart outfit upkeep task, the NY
is to inform the NO immediately.
9-5
| 0912. Providing Charts, Publications, Instruments and Equipment (Ships & Submarines)
Subject to any other instructions from the NO, the NY is to provide the following items
| (as appropriate) on the Bridge (ships) / Control Room / Bridge (submarines) by the time that
Special Sea Dutymen (SSDs) are piped to close up for leaving harbour and should remove them
on return to harbour. Items marked with an asterisk * are also to be checked at sea by the NY
at 0800 and before pipe-down.
a. Charts and Publications

G Appropriate navigational charts (as directed by NO)
G Captain’s Sea Order Book
| G * Navigational Record Book / [submarines only] Fixing Log
G NAVTEX Log (Navigational warnings)
G Fishing Vessel Log
| G Seaman’s Guide to the Rule of the Road (1972), amended to 2003
| G Relevant volume of ALLFS (List of Lights) for operating area
G Nautical Almanac
G Nories Tables
G Tide Tables for the area
G Tidal Stream Atlases for the area
G Sailing Directions (Pilots) for the area
G Captain’s Standing Orders
G Mariner’s Handbook (NP 100)
| G Bridge File / (or [submarine only] Navigational File) as appropriate from:
" General Binder(s)
" ASW Binder(s)
" Aviation Binder(s)
" Weapon Safety Trace Flip Cards
" Bridge Emergency Cards
" Bridge Routine Cards
G Additional items as ordered by the NO (see Para 0913)
b. Equipment
G Binoculars for CO, XO, NO, OOW, OOW2
G Binoculars for Fog / ASW lookouts (if required)
G Azimuth Circles for all compass repeaters
G Parallel Ruler
G Compasses and Dividers
G * 8 sharpened 2B pencils, * 2 white chinagraphs and * Rubber (eraser)
G STD ruler
G Battenburg (if held)
G Flying Course Calculator
G Stuart’s Distance Meter
G 2 COL Headsets
G Spare paper rolls (echo-sounder and NAVTEX)
G Tape recorder with blank tape loaded and checked ready for immediate use.
(If tape recorder unavailable for use, provide RNS 0580a)
G 2 x PLED Ear Protection (with batteries)
| Note. Para 0912 is repeated in the BR 9276 series (Warfare Department Standing Orders).
9-6 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
0913. Additional Items for the Bridge / Control Room (Ships and Submarines) |
a. Additional Bridge Items for Ships. Some additional items which may be helpful |
to have on the Bridge (in ships) when at sea are listed below. This list will vary with |
different classes of ships. The NO may require other items to be provided, and these
requirements may be added to the following:
G Admiralty Manuals of Navigation (BR 45 Volumes 1, 4 and 6).
G Guide to Completing Bridge Weather Log (NP 441)
G Relevant volumes of ALRS |
G Warfare Department Standing Orders (BR 9276 series) |
G Annual Summary of NMs.
G Weather Code Card (NP 453, otherwise known as ‘W2’)
G International (Weather)Analysis Code (NP 455, otherwise known as ‘W15’)
G Naval Oceanographic & Met Service Handbook (NP 510, also called ‘W11’) |
b. Additional Bridge Items for Submarines. The following items should be placed |
on the Bridge prior to closing up for Harbour Stations and removed on return from |
harbour. |
G Bridge Pelorus (plus Azimuth Circle) |
G Bridge windows |
G Bridge charts sealed in polythene bags |
G Bungee straps and bulldog clips |
G Bridge communications (including bagged bleep phone) |
G Bridge Bag - to contain torch, London key, vice grips, vaseline, cotton buds, |
spare communication leads, cable ties) |
G NAVICO ICOMs and spare batteries |
G The Bridge Signalman should also have the following items: |
" Bridge Card |
" Challenge and Reply card |
" Bosun’s Call |
" Secondary Mast for displaying emergency navigation light and day signals |
(functionality of these equipments to be checked prior to sailing) |
c. Additional Control Room Items for Submarines. The following items should |
be placed in the Control Room prior to closing up for Harbour Stations and removed on |
return from harbour. |
G FLOOs Vol 1 & 2 |
G Manoeuvring Limitation Diagram (MLD) to Ship Control |
G AHP 6 (SODAs) |
G Control Room Log |
G Charts (see Para 0912a), [including Running Folio / SNAPs registered charts] |
G SMP 95 |
9-7
0914. NY Tasks at Special Sea Dutymen (SSD)

The following tasks are to be carried out by the NY when Special Sea Dutymen (SSD)
close up.
a. Time Checks. A time check is to be passed to the MCR/SCC to enable Bridge and
MCR/SCC records to be aligned.
b. Recording Wheel and Engine Orders. It is normally the NY’s task to record the
Wheel and Engine Orders (see Para 0910b(1)). This is usually achieved using the Bridge
Tape Recorder but can be done manually using the Wheel and Engine Order Record
Book (Form RNS 0580a). See Para 0915 for details of the procedures to be adopted.
c. Echo Sounder Reports. Unless recording Wheel and Engine Orders manually (in
| RNS 580) or during Replenishment at Sea (RAS) operations, the NY is usually [except
| in submarines] employed as the Echo Sounder Operator when SSDs are closed up (see
| Para 0910b(1)). See Para 0916 for details of the echo sounder report procedures to be
adopted.
d. Replenishment. During RAS operations, the NY is usually employed to stand

beside the Conning Officer / CO and to display the current course and PCL (Lever) /
revolutions ordered, in chinagraph on a perspex board. This enables the Conning Officer
/ CO to check the current state, particularly in rapidly changing vessel handling situations.
9-8 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
0915. Recording of Wheel and Engine Orders

The policy for recording of wheel and engine orders whenever the ship is in Pilotage
waters, during evolutions such as Replenishment at Sea (RAS), when SSDs are closed up, during
a Rule of the Road incident or at any other time when a more detailed record of such orders is
necessary than can be achieved with the Navigational Record Book alone, is at BR 45 Volume
4 Para 0823. The procedures for achieving this policy are as follows:
a. Readiness. The Bridge Tape Recorder is to be ready for immediate use at all times
at sea. The NY is responsible for ensuring that the recorder is fitted with serviceable
batteries and tapes at all times, for the reasons set out at Para 0915b below.
b. Use. The OOW is to order the Bridge Tape Recorder to be operated at all times in
Pilotage waters and wherever else necessary. It is to be used without hesitation during
any cases of doubt, navigational hazard or ship safety or on any other occasion where a
comprehensive reconstruction of events is likely to be required. In Rule of the Road
situations, any VHF conversation should be recorded. The NO, OOW or OOW2 should
verbally state when passing significant navigational points for the benefit of the tape
record.
c. Time Checks. When starting a tape, a clear, concise time check is to be recorded
by the NY, detailing date, time (local), area of operations (eg Portsmouth Exercise Areas,
Dover Straits) Lat/Long and evolution being conducted. A second time check is to be
recorded by the NY towards the end of the tape so that replay speed can be assessed
accurately. This procedure is to be repeated when a tape is turned over.
d. Primary Method. The Bridge Tape Recorder should be the primary means of
recording wheel and engine orders. The tapes should be changed so that a complete
record is preserved.
e. Secondary Method. If the Bridge Tape Recorder is unavailable, all orders should
be recorded in the Wheel and Engine Order Book (RNS 5080).
Note. Para 0912 is repeated in the BR 9276 series (Warfare Department Standing Orders) |
Navigation Chapter. |
9-9
0916. Operation of Echo Sounder

Unless otherwise ordered by the NO or OOW, reports by the Echo Sounder Operator are
to be made as follows. A copy of this instruction is to be displayed adjacent to the echo sounder.
| a. Reporting Terms (“Depths” or “Soundings”).
| • Ships. In surface ships, echo sounder readings are to be reported as ‘Depth’
| (eg “Depth 10 metres shoaling”).
| • Submarines. In submarines ‘Depth’ means the depth of the submarine below
| the surface, and so in surfaced or dived submarines all echo sounder readings
| are to be reported as ‘Sounding’ (eg “Sounding 10 metres shoaling”).
b. Standard Reports. At SSD or at any other times when ordered, an additional
| person is to close up (normally the NY in ships) to monitor and report depths / soundings.
Standard reports are to be at intervals of not greater than 1 minute, or as follows:
| Depths / Soundings 0-20 metres: Report every 1 metre
| Depths / Soundings 20-40 metres: Report every 5 metres
| Depths / Soundings greater than 40 metres: Report every 10 metres
| c. Use of Suffixes with Standard Reports. The operator should suffix the depth /
| sounding with ‘Steady’, ‘Deepening’,‘Shoaling’ or ‘Below Minimum Depth / Sounding’.
d. Briefing and Acknowledgement. The echo sounder operator should be briefed by
| the NO on the minimum expected depth / sounding on each leg. Each depth / sounding
| report is to be acknowledged by the Command Team (ideally in the order Chart Assistant,
| NO or OOW and CO in ships). If a sounding below the briefed minimum expected depth
| is reported but not acknowledged, the echo sounder operator is to repeat the report more
| loudly and urgently, until an acknowledgement is given.
| e. Soundings From Waterline / Transducer Depths. Except where exempted below
| or where equipment limitations dictate otherwise (eg Type 778 Bridge Unit), echo
| sounders are to be adjusted to read depths from the waterline, unless specifically ordered
| otherwise by the NO. Exceptionally, in vessels which have substantially variable draughts
| (ie submarines and ships with flooding docks [eg LPD etc] or equivalent) the CO / NO
| should normally order depths / soundings to be reported as transducer depths / soundings,
| because waterline depths / soundings may lead to substantial errors. In all cases each
| echo sounder is to be clearly labelled with the position from which it is reading.
| f. Reporting Units. Echo sounder readings should be reported in the units shown on
| the navigational chart in use. In the rare event of using a chart with soundings in feet or
| fathoms, the echo sounder operator should transpose the units before reporting the depth
| / sounding, by using a conversion table (eg NP 720).
| g. Annotation of Echo Sounder Trace. In submarines, when an echo sounder
| operator is closed up it is mandatory for the paper trace to be annotated on the occasions
| listed below. This procedure not mandatory for use in surface ships but is recommended.
| • Every 6 minutes with a four figure time
| • At every fix with a four figure time.
| • All alterations of course and speed.
| • Any change in a surfaced submarine’s draught (eg trimming down).
| • Any incident or other useful information (eg buoys abeam, boat transfers etc).
| Note. Para 0916 is repeated at BR 45 Volume 3 Chapter 5, and relevant extracts are repeated
| in the BR 9276 series (Warfare Department Standing Orders) Navigation Chapter
9-10 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
0917. Cleanliness of Charthouse and Equipment

The NY is responsible for maintaining the cleanliness of the Charthouse and the
navigational equipment (see Chapter 10). It is particularly important that the Charthouse remains
in a clean and tidy state, as the correction of charts and publications can only satisfactorily be
conducted in that environment. It is therefore essential that both NO and NY work together to
keep the Charthouse immaculately tidy. ‘A place for everything and everything in its place’ is
a useful adage to follow.
0918. Security of Navigational Instruments and Equipment

The Charthouse is to be maintained as a secure compartment, with limited access, and
should remain locked when not in use in harbour. A keyboard, within the compartment, should hold
the keys for equipment drawers in the Charthouse and on the Bridge, together with keys for the
Binnacle on the ECP. Protectively marked charts and NPs must be held in an appropriate security
container (see Para 0214).
0919. Operation of Weather Facsimile Equipment

If no Meteorological Officer is borne and the Flight Commander (if borne) is
disembarked, the duty of Meteorological Officer usually devolves upon the NO. In such
circumstances, under the direction of the NO, the NY is to operate the weather facsimile
equipment fitted on board and obtain the appropriate weather charts. Appropriate training on the
relevant equipment is to be provided to the NY. Depending on the ship, the equipment may be
sited in either the Charthouse, the Met Office or elsewhere.
9-11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9-12 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
SECTION 2 - DUTIES OF THE RFA CHART MAINTENANCE OFFICER (CMO)
0920. Terms of Reference - Chart Maintenance Officer (CMO [NY Equivalent])

The Terms of Reference for the Chart Maintenance Officer (CMO) (NY equivalent) are
a combined summary of the content BR 875 (RFA Quality and Safety Management System) Paras
0210 and 0214. In certain cases (eg where a LH(HC) who has attended the RN NY course at the
Maritime Warfare School, HMS COLLINGWOOD is borne) some or all of the tasks below may
be delegated to a rating. Where appropriate, the tasks outlined below are amplified in the
subsequent paragraphs.
a. Purpose. The purpose of the CMO (NY equivalent) is to undertake the

maintenance of navigational charts and publications as directed by the NO and in
accordance with BR 45(7), to ensure the safe conduct of navigation.
b. Accountability. The CMO (NY equivalent) is:

• Directly accountable to the NO for the achievement of the purpose.
• Functionally accountable to the OOW, Operations and Meteorological Officers
for the provision and upkeep of appropriate charts and NPs.
c. Authority. The CMO (NY equivalent) is:

• Authorised to exercise direct authority over ratings assigned by the NO, those
undertaking chart outfit maintenance duties, and in relation to safety those
undertaking Bridge routines / husbandry duties. He is authorised to issue a
verbal warning to such assigned personnel in the event of their failure to
comply with such instructions.
• Authorised to exercise functional authority over ship’s personnel, personnel
embarked (both military and civilian, regardless of rank) in the performance of
the CMO’s duties.
• NOT authorised to delegate tasks associated with the purpose of the CMO
without the express permission of the NO.
• NOT authorised to correspond or communicate directly with outside
authorities without the permission of the NO.
d. Objectives. The CMO (NY equivalent) objectives are to undertake the provision,
maintenance and upkeep of the chart outfit in accordance with BR 45(7), as follows:
(1) Primary Tasks.
• To liaise with the NO to ensure that the ship holds charts and NPs
for all areas appropriate to the current and anticipated areas of
operation (iaw to the scales shown in NP 104 and the policies at BR
45(7) Paras 0230, 0510 and 1110).
• To undertake the timely and accurate completion of chart outfit
corrections iaw the procedures in BR 45(7).
• To ensure that all chart folios and NPs protectively marked
CONFIDENTIAL and above are logged into the NO’s CB Form R,
and are accounted and stowed iaw JSP 440.
• To ensure that sufficient stocks of chart correcting stationary,
instruments and equipment are ordered, properly accounted for and
stowed.
9-13
(0920c cont) • To comply with the Heath and Safety at Work regulations in so far
as they apply to chart outfit maintenance.
• To comply with BR 875 (RFA Quality and Safety Management
System) at a level appropriate to the CMO’s responsibility.
• To bring to the attention of the OOW and NO any new navigational
hazard which may affect the safety of the ship.
• To conduct weekly Deck Watch and Chronometer comparisons.
• To correct all chartroom and wheelhouse clocks daily.
• To ensure the Chartroom (and Wheelhouse if separate from the
Bridge) are properly secured for sea /action iaw the Ship’s Standing
Instructions / NBC Standing Orders.
• To bring to the attention of the NO any navigational equipment and
other material defects which affect the safe conduct of navigation.
(2) Secondary Tasks.

• To liaise with UKHO and CMUs as appropriate, regarding the ship’s
programme and anticipated chart / NP requirements.
• To ensure that any breaches of the RFA Code of Conduct are
reported to the NO promptly and iaw the procedures laid down in
BR 875 (RFA Quality and Safety Management System)
• To ensure that all necessary navigational instruments, equipment,
azimuth circles, charts and publications are placed on the Bridge
prior to proceeding to sea.
• To ensure the safe custody of all navigational instruments,
equipment, azimuth circles, charts and publications when not in use.
• To clean and re-stow used charts as directed by the NO.
• To ensure that adequate stocks of Bridge stationary are maintained
at all times.
• To record wheel and engine orders when the ship is at Harbour
Stations.
• To operate the main engine telegraph when the ship is at Harbour
Stations.
• To operate and monitor the echo sounder and gyro speed control
when in Pilotage waters or when the ship is at Harbour Stations.
• To assist the OOW with pre-Pilotage and pre-Replenishment at Sea
(RAS) checks.
• To undertake Bridge lookout and helmsman duties as directed by the
NO.
• To undertake maintenance and husbandry duties on the Bridge and
associated compartments / superstructure as directed by the NO,
including:
< To undertake and/or supervise the daily cleaning of
the Chartroom and Wheelhouse.
< To undertake the operational maintenance and
preservation routines on all navigational
equipment, instruments and azimuth circles.
9-14 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
0921. Maintenance of Charts and Publications

Maintenance of charts and the chart outfit (including publications) is to be conducted in
accordance with the procedures in this book (BR 45 Vol 7), particularly Chapters 3-7. This
maintenance task should be considered before any other task for the CMO (NY equivalent), as
the safety of the ship may depend upon its timely and accurate completion. A ‘Chart Outfit
Maintenance Progress Sheet’ is at Annex 9A and is useful as an aide-memoire to ensure no task
is overlooked. If the CMO (NY equivalent) is in any difficulty or doubt about the execution
of the chart outfit upkeep task, the CMO is to inform the NO immediately.
............................. continued overleaf (Para 0922)
9-15
0922. Providing Charts, Publications, Instruments and Equipment to the Bridge

Subject to any other instructions from the NO, the CMO (NY equivalent) is to provide the
following items on the Bridge by the time that the ship closes up at Harbour Stations and should
remove them on return to harbour. Items marked with an asterisk * are also to be checked at sea
by the CMO (NY equivalent) at 0800 and at the end of the working day.
a. Charts and Publications

G Appropriate navigational charts (as directed by NO)
G Captain’s Sea Order Book
G * Navigational Record Book
G NAVTEX Log (Navigational warnings)
G Fishing Vessel Log
| G Seaman’s Guide to the Rule of the Road (1972), amended to 2003
| G Relevant volume of ALLFS (List of Lights) for operating area
G Nautical Almanac
G Nories Tables
G Tide Tables for the area
G Tidal Stream Atlases for the area
G Sailing Directions (Pilots) for the area
G Captain’s Standing Orders
G Mariner’s Handbook (NP 100)
| G Bridge File as appropriate from:
" General Binder(s)
" ASW Binder(s)
" Aviation Binder(s)
" Weapon Safety Trace Flip Cards
" Bridge Emergency Cards
" Bridge Routine Cards
G Additional items as ordered by the NO (see Para 0923)
b. Equipment
G Binoculars for CO, XO, NO, OOW, OOW2
G Binoculars for Fog / ASW lookouts (if required)
G Azimuth Circles for all compass repeaters
G Parallel Ruler
G Compasses and Dividers
G * 8 sharpened 2B pencils, * 2 white chinagraphs and * Rubber (eraser)
G STD ruler
G Battenburg (if held)
G Flying Course Calculator
G Stuart’s Distance Meter
G 2 COL Headsets
G Spare paper rolls (echo-sounder and NAVTEX)
G Tape recorder with blank tape loaded / checked ready for immediate use.
G RNS 0580a (Record of Wheel and Engine Orders)
G 2 x PLED Ear Protection (with batteries)
|
9-16 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
0923. Additional Items Which May be Required on the Bridge

Some additional items which may be helpful to have on the bridge when at sea are listed
below. This list will vary with different classes of ships. The NO may require other items to be
provided, and these requirements may be added to the following list.
G Admiralty Manuals of Navigation (BR 45 Volumes 1, 2, 4 and 6).
G Guide to Completing Bridge Weather Log (NP 441)
G Relevant volumes of ALRS |
G Annual Summary of NMs.
G Weather Code Card (NP 453, otherwise known as ‘W2’)
G International (Weather)Analysis Code (NP 455, otherwise known as ‘W15’)
G Naval Oceanographic & Met Service Handbook (NP 510, also called ‘W11’) |
0924. CMO (NY Equivalent) Tasks at Harbour Stations

The following tasks are to be carried out by a nominated rating when closed up at Harbour
Stations.
a. Recording Wheel and Engine Orders. Although it is in the CMO’s (NY

equivalent) Terms of Reference to record the Wheel and Engine Orders (see Para
0920b(2)), if other duties prevent this, a nominated rating will carry out this task. This is
usually achieved manually using the Wheel and Engine Order Record Book (Form RNS
0580a). See Para 0925 for details of the procedures to be adopted.
b. Echo Sounder Reports. Although it is in the CMO’s (NY equivalent) Terms of

Reference to report echo sounder depths (see Para 0920b(2)), if other duties prevent this,
a nominated rating will carry out this task. See Para 0926 for details of the procedures
to be adopted.
c. Replenishment. Although it is in the CMO’s (NY equivalent) Terms of

Reference to stand beside the Conning Officer / CO during RAS operations and to display
the current course and Lever / Revolutions ordered, in chinagraph on a perspex board (see
Para 0920b(2)), if other duties prevent this, a nominated rating will carry out this task.
This enables the Conning Officer / CO to check the current state, particularly in rapidly
changing vessel handling situations.
9-17
0925. Recording of Wheel and Engine Orders

The policy for recording of wheel and engine orders whenever the ship is in Pilotage
waters, during evolutions such as Replenishment at Sea (RAS), when closed up at Harbour
Stations, during a Rule of the Road incident or at any other time when a more detailed record of
such orders is necessary than can be achieved with the Navigational Record Book alone, is at BR
45 Volume 4 Para 0823. The procedures for achieving this policy are as follows:
a. Readiness. The Bridge Tape Recorder is to be ready for immediate use at all
times at sea. The CMO (NY equivalent) is responsible for ensuring that the recorder is
fitted with serviceable batteries and tapes at all times, for the reasons set out at Para 0915b
below. The Wheel and Engine Order Record Book (Form RNS 0580a) is also to be
immediately available.
b. Use. The OOW may order the Bridge Tape Recorder to be operated in Pilotage
waters and wherever else necessary. It should be used without hesitation during any cases
of doubt, navigational hazard or ship safety or on any other occasion where a
comprehensive reconstruction of events is likely to be required. In Rule of the Road
situations, any VHF conversation should be recorded. The NO, OOW or OOW2 should
verbally state when passing significant navigational points for the benefit of the tape
record.
c. Time Checks. When starting a tape, a clear, concise time check is to be recorded
by the CMO (NY equivalent) or another nominated officer / rating, detailing date, time
(local), area of operations (eg Portsmouth Exercise Areas, Dover Straits) Lat/Long and
evolution being conducted. A second time check is to be recorded towards the end of the
tape so that replay speed can be assessed accurately. This procedure is to be repeated
when a tape is turned over.
9-18 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
0926. Operation of Echo Sounder

Unless otherwise ordered by the NO or OOW, reports by the Echo Sounder Operator are
to be made as follows. A copy of this instruction is to be displayed adjacent to the echo sounder.
a. Reporting Terms. In surface ships, echo sounder readings are to be reported as |
‘Depth’ (eg “Depth 10 metres shoaling”). |
Note. The term ‘Depth’ has another meaning in submarines (see Para 0916). |
b. Standard Reports. At Harbour Stations or at any other times when ordered, an
additional person is to close up (normally the CMO [NY equivalent]) to monitor and |
report depths. Standard reports are to be at intervals of not greater than 1 minute, or as
follows:
Depths 0-20 metres: Report every 1 metre |
Depths 20-40 metres: Report every 5 metres |
Depths greater than 40 metres: Report every 10 metres |
c. Use of Suffixes with Standard Reports. The operator should suffix the depth |
with ‘Steady’, ‘Deepening’,‘Shoaling’ or ‘Below Minimum Depth’. |
d. Briefing and Acknowledgement. The echo sounder operator should be briefed
by the NO on the minimum expected depth / sounding on each leg. Each depth / sounding |
report is to be acknowledged by the Command Team (ideally in the order Chart Assistant, |
NO or OOW and CO). If a sounding below the briefed minimum expected depth is |
reported but not acknowledged, the echo sounder operator is to repeat the report more |
loudly and urgently, until an acknowledgement is given. |
e. Soundings From Waterline / Transducer Depths. Except where exempted |
below or where equipment limitations dictate otherwise (eg Type 778 Bridge Unit), echo |
sounders are to be adjusted to read depths from the waterline, unless specifically ordered |
otherwise by the NO. Exceptionally, in vessels which have substantially variable draughts |
(ie ships with flooding docks [eg LSDA etc] or equivalent) the CO / NO should normally |
order depths / soundings to be reported as transducer depths / soundings, because |
waterline depths / soundings may lead to substantial errors. In all cases each echo sounder |
is to be clearly labelled with the position from which it is reading. |
f. Reporting Units. Echo sounder readings should be reported in the units shown |
on the navigational chart in use. In the rare event of using a chart with soundings in feet |
or fathoms, the echo sounder operator should transpose the units before reporting the |
depth / sounding, by using a conversion table (eg NP 720). |
g. Annotation of Echo Sounder Trace. In submarines, when an echo sounder |
operator is closed up it is mandatory for the paper trace to be annotated on the occasions |
listed below. This procedure not mandatory for use in surface ships but is recommended. |
< Every 6 minutes with a four figure time. |
< At every fix with a four figure time. |
< All alterations of course and speed. |
< Any change in a surfaced submarine’s draught (eg trimming down). |
< Any incident or other useful information (eg buoys abeam, boat transfers etc). |
Note. Para 0916 (which is similar to Para 0926 above but includes the submarine variants) is |
repeated at BR 45 Volume 3 Chapter 5, and relevant extracts are repeated in the BR 9276 series |
(Warfare Department Standing Orders) Navigation Chapter. |
9-19
0927. Cleanliness of Charthouse and Equipment

The CMO (NY equivalent) is responsible for maintaining the cleanliness of the Chartroom
and the navigational equipment (see Chapter 10). It is particularly important that the Chartrom
remains in a clean and tidy state, as the correction of charts and publications can only satisfactorily
be conducted in that environment. It is therefore essential that both NO and CMO (NY
equivalent) work together to keep the Chartroom immaculately tidy. ‘A place for everything and
everything in its place’ is a useful adage to follow.
0928. Security of Navigational Instruments and Equipment

If a separate compartment, the Chartroom is to be maintained as a ‘secure compartment’,
with limited access, and should remain locked when not in use in harbour. A keyboard, within the
compartment, should hold the keys for equipment drawers in the Chartroom and on the Bridge,
together with keys for the Binnacle on the ECP. Protectively marked charts and NPs must be held
in an appropriate security container (see Para 0214).
0929. Operation of Weather Facsimile Equipment

If no Meteorological Officer is borne and the Flight Commander (if borne) is disembarked,
the duty of Meteorological Officer usually devolves upon the NO. In such circumstances, under
the direction of the NO, the CMO (NY equivalent) may be required to operate the weather
facsimile equipment fitted on board and obtain the appropriate weather charts. Appropriate
training on the relevant equipment is to be provided to the CMO (NY equivalent). Depending on
the ship, the equipment may be sited in either the Chartroom, the Met Office or elsewhere.
9-20 UK RESTRICTED
Change 2
CHART OUTFIT MAINTENANCE PROGRESS SHEET
1. The following ‘Chart Outfit Maintenance Progress Sheet’ is useful as an aide-memoire

to ensure no chart outfit upkeep task is overlooked.
CHART OUTFIT MAINTENANCE PROGRESS Week

Task Item Vol 7 Ref (Tick below when item completed)
Read / Action / Check Tracings 0401
Indexes of Charts / Folios Affected 0421-0423 |
NC / NE / Scheduled Charts - All actions 0412-0414 |
Charts Withdrawn 0415 |
Erratum 0416 |
Miscellaneous Updates to Charts 0424 |
Log Permanent Corrections - NP 133B 0426-0427 |
Log Corrections in NP 133B for Local Folios 0470
Log / Cancel T& Ps in T & P Log 0428 |
Log / Cancel T& Ps in NP 133B 0429 |
Weekly
Log / Cancel T& Ps in NP 133B for Local 0470

NM
Check T&P Monthly List v. Log / NP133B 0451

Extract RNW to NAVTEX Log (see below) 0440
Extract Log SD Corrections to SD Log 0441/0601
Plot priority Permanent corrections 0530
Plot priority T & P/ RNW / LNM corrections 0531
Plot non-priority corrections on charts 0530-0531
Correct ALLFS 0442/0602
Correct ALRS 0443/0603
Correct Chart Catalogues 0604-0606
Correct other NPs / check Quarterly List 0451/0607
Log Fleet NMs - All actions 0461
Fleet
NM
Check ordinary NMs / T&Ps for Fleet Charts 0461/0531

Plot Fleet NMs on Charts 0530
Update NAVTEX Log Sect. 1 - Rig List 0723c
Radio Warnings
Update NAVTEX Log Sect. 2 - NAVAREA etc 0723d/e

Update NAVTEX Log Sect. 3 - WZ / Coastal 0723f
Update NAVTEX Log Sect. 4 - GUNFACTs 0723g
Update NAVTEX Log Sect. 5 - Local RWs 0723h
Update NAVTEX Log Sect. 6 - (SM only) 0723i
Plot priority Radio Nav Warnings 0725/0531
Update Local NM Log 0730
Local
NM
Plot priority Local NM corrections 0731/0531

directed by NO
Other items as
Spot Spot Check complete - File proforma 1111
UNCLASSIFIED 9A-1
Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
9A-2 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
PORTABLE AND FIXED NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT
CHAPTER 10
CONTENTS
Para
Care and Custody of Navigational Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 |
Navigational Equipment Maintenance Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002 |
Supply and Stowage of Cleaning Gear for Navigational Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003 |
Navigational Equipment Cleaning Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004 |
Precision Aneroid Barometer (PAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1005 |
Dial Aneroid Barometer (DAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006 |
Barograph (CO’s Cabin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007 |
Sextant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008 |
UNCLASSIFIED 10-1
Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
10-2 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
CHAPTER 10
1001. Care and Custody of Navigational Equipment |
a. Vulnerability of Navigational Equipment. Equipment held on the NO’s

permanent loan list is generally expensive, delicate and prone to damage. Because of this,
the equipment is normally supplied in purpose built boxes, often with special cleaning gear
and maintenance tools.
b. Removing and Replacing Equipment. When removing equipment from its

stowage, ensure it is picked up utilising the appropriate carrying handle or frame, and that
the equipment is re-adjusted to fit its container when being replacing.
c. Care of Equipment. In rough weather, care must be taken not to leave

instruments unboxed or on surfaces from which they may slide and fall. After using the
equipment, ensure that any moisture or salt is cleaned off as described in the following
paragraphs. Precision instruments should not be left exposed to the sun’s rays when not
in use. Equipment should never be stowed away whilst wet or damp.
d. Permanent Secure Stowage. When not in use, all equipment should have a
permanent locked stowage, suitably divided to hold the boxes without too much
movement.
1002. Navigational Equipment Maintenance Routines |
Time should be allowed within the NY’s weekly schedule to undertake maintenance of the
permanent loan items and fixed equipment under the control of the NO. This will include
equipment normally left at outstations such as azimuth circles, and fixed items like the Magnetic
Compass Binnacle at the ECP and compass repeats.
1003. Supply and Stowage of Cleaning Gear for Navigational Equipment |

Cleaning material should NOT be stowed away if damp or oily, due the danger of mildew |
and spontaneous combustion respectively. The following cleaning gear should be made available |
to the NY:-
• Chamois leather and Vileda (Jay) cloth.
• Flanellette (obtainable from Gunners Yeoman).
• Methylated or Surgical Spirit.
• Light Oil (Sextant).
• Vaseline (Light grease).
• Bristle brush (as supplied in Sextant box).
UNCLASSIFIED 10-3
Change 1
| 1004. Navigational Equipment Cleaning Procedures

The method of cleaning equipment will vary depending on the nature of the particular
item, but the following procedure provides basic guidelines which should be modified as
necessary:
| a. Salt Spray. Wash off salt spray with warm soapy chamois leather or cloth, and
dry with a soft cloth.
| b. Deeply Ingrained Dirt. Deeply ingrained dirt may need to be taken off brass
items such as azimuth circles and compass repeaters using a proprietary cleaner.
| c. External Metal Surfaces. Use a chamois leather for cleaning external metal
| surfaces, after which they should be lightly greased.
| d. Optical Glass Surfaces. Optical glass surfaces should be cleaned with flanellette
which must be clean, and lightly damped with spirit. Care should first be taken to blow
any gritty particles off the surface before using the flanellette, to avoid any risk of
scratching the glass.
| e. Condensation Inside Optical Instruments. Optical instruments having moisture

(usually condensation) on internal faces of optical parts should be put in a warm dry
stowage with silica gel.
| 1005. Precision Aneroid Barometer (PAB)

| Precision Aneroid Barometers (PABs) are required for the operation of aircraft and thus
| all helo / fixed-wing capable ships and establishments are provided with at least 2 PABs, which
| must be ‘in date’ for 9 monthly calibration. Historically, there was a difficulty in providing PABs
| via the naval stores system with adequate ‘in date’ calibration time remaining, and so DCI(RN)
| 150/2000 directed that PABs would in future be supplied to ships direct from the Meteorological
| Office, Bracknell. A copy of DCI(RN) 150/2000 should be retained with NP 510 (Naval and
| Meteorological Services Handbook - W11) until it is incorporated in NP 510 at the next
| routine change. The following extract from DCI(RN) 150/2000 provides an outline of the new
| arrangements, but the full DCI text / NP 510 should always be consulted.
|
| a. Care of Equipment. The cost of a PAB (at 2000 prices) was £12,000 and it
| should thus be handled with great care, always being transported in the correct box in
| accordance with the instructions contained in NP 404 (Handbook of Meteorological
| Instruments). The original packing material is to be retained and re-used for the return
| of PABs.
|
| b. Installation. PABs are particularly vulnerable to damage from sudden changes
| of pressure and so should NOT be sited near doorways or hatches. Locations adjacent
| to the Bridge Wing Doors are especially unsuitable. If 2 PABs are located on the
| Bridge they should placed are far apart as possible to spread the risk of damage. At sea,
| a damping cap should be fitted to eradicate ‘pumping’ effects caused by the ship’s motion.
| See DCI(RN) 150/2000 (to be incorporated in NP 510 in due course) for full details of
| installation requirements.
|
10-4 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
c. Corrections. PABs indicate the pressure at the instrument and a correction for |
height (0.3 millibar decrease per 10 feet from sea level) is applied to obtain QNH (Sea |
Level pressure) or QFE (Flight Deck pressure). The (+ve) correction should be displayed |
with the equipment. |
|
d. Nine Month Re-Calibration Period. To provide a reasonable safeguard against |
erroneous pressure readings being used for aircraft altimeter settings it is essential that |
ships return PABs for re-calibration not later than 9 months from the date of previous |
calibration. ‘Out of date’ PABs may still be used operationally provided that the |
‘emergency comparison procedures’ are followed (see DCI(RN) 150/2000 or NP 510). |
On receipt of a recently calibrated PAB, comparison checks should be carried out. |
|
e. Re-Supply of PABs to Shore Establishments. A recently calibrated replacement |
PAB will be supplied to each authorised shore establishment automatically every 6 |
months, or in response to a call for an emergency check PAB. |
|
f. Re-Supply of PABs to Ships. A recently calibrated replacement PAB will be |
supplied to the NO (unless otherwise instructed) of each authorised ship via the BFPO |
system, on receipt of a signalled demand to ‘METOFF BRACKNELL’. |
• Signal Format and Delivery Lead-Times. The signal format at |
DCI(RN) 150/2000 or NP 510 should be used for demands. At least 15 |
days should be allowed for delivery if in UK waters, but if deployed as |
much notice as possible should be given to allow for in-theatre delays. |
• Routine Replacement Timing. When two or more PABs are held, ships |
should endeavour to stagger the dates of returning them so that one PAB |
is returned for re-calibration every 3-4 months. |
• Deploying Ships - Replacement Timing. Ships deploying for 6 months |
or more should demand fresh PABs prior to sailing. Subsequent demands |
should give as much notice as possible for delivery. |
• Unexpected Requirements. In the event of unexpected requirements (eg |
deploying at short notice), calibrated PABs may be collected in person |
from the Meteorological Office Stores at Bracknell. |
|
g. Returning PABs. Out of date or unserviceable PABs should normally be retained |
on board until the replacement has arrived and been proved correct by comparison checks. |
Thereafter, the previous PAB should be despatched within 5 working days, except in ships |
deployed where they should generally be retained until return to UK. See DCI(RN) |
150/2000 or NP 510 for certain exceptions and comprehensive details of the procedures |
required. |
|
UNCLASSIFIED 10-5
Change 1
| 1006. Dial Aneroid Barometer (DAB)

| The Dial Aneroid Barometer (DAB) is supplied to ships / submarines NOT requiring
| Precision Aneroid Barometers (PABs) for aviation operations.
| a. Adjustments and Corrections. The DAB only requires adjustment for height and
| periodic checks / adjustments to allow for slow changes in the characteristics of the
| aneroid drum. Corrections of up to 5 millibars may be made by a screw adjuster
| accessible through a hole in the back of the case (see DCI(RN) 150/2000 or NP 510 for
| full details of on-board correction / repair procedures). DABs should normally be set
| to read correctly for their actual height above sea level. If QNH (Sea Level pressure)
| or QFE (Flight Deck pressure) is required, the mathematical correction (normally +ve)
| should be displayed with the equipment should be applied in the same way as for a PAB
| (see Para 1005c).
| b. Check Calibrations. The DAB should be regularly checked and calibrated against
| nearby reliable barometers (eg QHMs, RN warships fitted with PABs and some shore
| establishments supplied with PABs) and a record of comparison kept. Care must be taken
| to ensure that it is known to what height above sea level the readings from (other)
| barometer being compared with are referenced (ie whether the readings given are for
| QNH etc or the actual height of the other barometer above sea level).
|
| 1007. Barograph (CO’s Cabin)
The barograph is usually kept in the CO’s cabin and although susceptible to some error
| due to the pressure variations in the ship’s ventilation system, the barograph should normally
| be set to read correctly for its actual height above sea level. The following routine is required:
| • Winding and Paper. The barograph must be wound and the recording paper
turned over weekly. The paper must be renewed altogether every fortnight. The
date should be written on the paper on each occasion.
| • Adjustments and Corrections. The barograph only requires adjustment for
| height and periodic checks / adjustments by rotating the milled knob on top of the
| bellows on the barograph. If QNH (Sea Level pressure) or QFE (Flight Deck
| pressure) is required, the mathematical correction (normally +ve) should be
| displayed with the equipment and should be applied in the same way as for a PAB
| (see Para 1005c).
| • Check Calibrations. The barograph should be checked regularly against the
| Bridge PAB or (recently calibrated) DAB. As with the DAB (see Para 1005b),
| care must be taken to ensure that it is known to what height above sea level the
| readings from (other) barometer being compared with are referenced.
|
| 1008. Sextant
A full description of the sextant, its care and maintenance, together with its errors,
calibration and use are at BR 45 Volume 2 Paras 0330-0389. In particular, the method of
handling a sextant (see BR 45 Volume 2 Para 0338) is of the greatest importance, as the
slightest mistake in so doing may cause serious inaccuracies in sextant readings. The
reasons for returning a sextant for re-calibration are at BR 45 Volume 2 Para 0337.
Policy Note. The standardisation of DAB, PAB and barograph all being set to read ‘instrument
pressure’ (see Paras 1005-1007) and thus requiring a correction for QNH, QFE etc, is new.
10-6 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
GUIDANCE FOR THE COMMANDING AND NAVIGATING OFFICERS
CHAPTER 11
CONTENTS
Para
Purpose of Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101
SECTION 1 - SPECIFIC CO / NO RESPONSIBILITIES FOR CHART OUTFIT & NY |

|
CO’s Responsibility for Adequacy of the Chart Outfit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110
Inspection of the Chart Outfit (including Weekly Spot Checks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111
Wider Training of Navigator’s Yeomen (NY) or Equivalent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112
Preparing for Operational Sea Training (OST) and Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113
SECTION 2 - HANDOVER OF NAVIGATING OFFICERS |
Planning the Handover of the Navigating Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120

Checks During Turnover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121
Checks After Turnover is Completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122
Liaison Visits to Outside Authorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123
ANNEX
Annex A: Chart Outfit Weekly Spot Check Instructions and Proforma |
UK RESTRICTED 11-1
Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
11-2 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
CHAPTER 11
1101. Purpose of Chapter |

A detailed knowledge of the contents of this book is essential for both the NO and NY, |
but this chapter is intended to provide specific guidance to the CO and NO about the chart |
outfit and its adequacy for the operational tasks of the ship / submarine. It also contains |
guidance on the best ways of planning and conducting the handover of the NO. Some parts of |
this chapter may be transferred to BR 45 Volume 4 at the next change (scheduled for 2003). |
1102-1109. Spare |
SECTION 1 - SPECIFIC CO / NO RESPONSIBILITIES FOR CHART OUTFIT & NY |

|
1110. CO’s Responsibility for Adequacy of the Chart Outfit |
The CO remains ultimately responsible for ensuring that adequate charts and |
Navigational Publications (NPs) are held on board for the service on which the ship / submarine |
may be employed, that these items are ordered in good time and are properly updated / corrected |
before use. |
|
a. Differences from the Standard Chart Outfit. The content of chart outfits is |
normally standardised, depending on the ship type and its area of operations (see Para |
0210d and NP 104). If the CO requires a different outfit from normal, any non-standard |
element should be decided in consultation between the CO / NO and CINCFLEET |
Navigation Staff. |
|
b. Suspension of Corrections for Part of Chart Outfit. Manpower or other |
constraints may make continuous correction of the whole chart outfit difficult, |
particularly when large chart outfits are embarked (eg in deploying ships). Subject to any |
CINCFLEET dispensations required, the CO may thus authorise the suspension of |
corrections to chart folios that are unlikely to be used, provided that: |
• Corrections are logged in NP 133B and can be input at short notice if required |
• The policy criteria at Para 0510 for the correction of folios are followed. |
|
c. Temporary Removal of Chart Folios. The full authorised chart outfit (as at NP |
104 or as amended under Para 1110a above) is normally to be carried onboard when the |
ship / submarine is at sea. Requests to sail without part of the full authorised chart outfit |
(usually for a limited period when chart folios might be landed to a CMU for upkeep) are |
to be signalled / e-mailed to CINCFLEET Navigation Staff, ideally after prior discussion. |
If approved, the ship / submarine is to ensure that the chart folios landed are noted in the |
remarks section of the REQUEST NAVMOVE and in the OPSTAT UNIT. When |
requesting a reduction of folios full consideration is to be given to ensure adequate cover |
is maintained in the event of a diversion for SAR or short notice programme change. |
|
d. Transfer of Folios Between Deployed Units. If RFAs are deployed on station for |
protracted periods (eg ATP or AGRT tasks) , CINCFLEET may authorise the transfer |
on station of the UK chart outfits from the relieving unit to the returning unit. |
UK RESTRICTED 11-3
Change 1
| 1111. Inspection of the Chart Outfit (including Weekly Spot Checks)

| Correction of the chart outfit is an extremely important task, on which the safety of the
| ship / submarine and its personnel can depend. It is also an extremely labourious and time
| consuming process, requiring meticulous attention to detail. It is not exciting but is a seemingly
| never-ending repetitive task which continues week after week.
|
| a. Supervision of the NY (or Equivalent) by the NO. It is important that the NO
| encourages and supervises the NY (or equivalent), with close examination of the
| standards of chart and publication correction being achieved, and of whether the NY (or
| equivalent) is coping adequately with the workload of Weekly NMs.
|
| b. Independent Weekly Spot Checks. An independent ‘Weekly Spot Check’ is to be
| carried out on the quality of the NY (or equivalent)’s work. In the RN this will be
| carried out by an officer from outside the sub department, but in RFAs it will be carried
| out by the NO (see Appendix 4 Para.7). In the RN, to provide some continuity,
familiarity with procedures and increased chances of spotting errors or omissions, it has
been found best for a nominated officer to conduct the check for a specified period (eg
| 2 months) rather than to change weekly. Detailed guidance on the ‘Weekly Spot Check’
| requirements are at Annex 11A, together with a standard proforma. Completed ‘Weekly
| Spot Check’ proformas are to be kept with ‘Chart Correction Log and Folio Index’ (NP
| 133B) in a ring binder. ‘Weekly Spot Check’ proformas should be inspected monthly by
| the CO and this inspection recorded in the preliminary pages of NP 133B.
| c. Other Monthly Inspections by the NO / CO. In the RN, the existence of the
‘Weekly Spot Check’ does NOT remove the requirement for the NO to conduct a
| separate monthly inspection personally and record this in NP 133B. It is recommended
that the NO conducts the check when the monthly or quarterly lists are announced in
| Weekly NM. In RFAs, the CO carries out the monthly check (see Appendix 4 Para.7).
| d. Retention of Proformas and Inspections by Visiting Staff. The record of

inspections in NP 133B and the ‘Weekly Spot Check’ proformas will be inspected by
| visiting FOST staff. ‘Weekly Spot Check’ proformas are to be retained for 9 months or
| until satisfactory inspection by authorised staff, when previous proformas may be
| destroyed. Inspection / destructions are to be recorded in preliminary pages of NP133B.
| 1112. Wider Training of Navigator’s Yeomen (NY) or Equivalent

| NYs (or equivalents) are usually taken from the OM sub branch in the RN and from
| elsewhere in the RFA, and must retain or enhance their main branch skills including task book
training, while still maintaining the chart outfit. These ratings should not be held back by
| failure to allow this training to take place. The NY (or equivalent) is to be included in the
normal watchbill and the chart outfit correction task is to be considered as ‘Part of Ship’.
| 1113. Preparing for Operational Sea Training (OST) and Inspections

| Guidance for OST is given in BR 9275(1) (OST Guide). The Navigation Questionnaire
| at BR 9275(1) Chapter 11 provides a very good preparation for OST and other inspections.
| Ideally, a dummy inspection should be carried out about 10 days before going to OST. This is
| best conducted with by a ‘Specialist N’ but if one is not available, the Ops Officer or XO should
be asked to spend the hour it takes to go round the department using the Questionnaire and Staff
| Sea Check route as a guide. Para 1122 also provides a useful list of points to be checked.
1114-1119. Spare
11-4 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
SECTION 2 - HANDOVER OF NAVIGATING OFFICERS |
1120. Planning the Handover of the Navigating Officer |

The following paragraphs provide a suggested check list of topics that a newly joined NO |
should consider during and after the turnover, and subsequently thereafter. This list is not
exhaustive and may require some modification between different classes of vessel.
1121. Checks During Turnover |

The following checks should be completed prior to the departure of the previous NO.
a. Navigation Outfit Check. Check the outfit held against ‘Chart / Publication Outfits |
For HM Ships, RFAs and RMAS’ (NP 104). |
b. Chart Correction State. Check the correction state of the charts (ie conduct spot
checks on approx 10% of the charts in order to gauge the state of the chart outfit).
c. NP Check. Conduct a 100% check that all the NPs listed in NP 104 are held, and
that they are up to date (use the latest quarterly check list in Weekly N M as a starting point).
d. CB Form R / MoD Form 102. Check all items in the Navigation Dept CB Form |
R or MoD Form 102 are mustered individually, although most of the protectively |
marked NPs should be signed out on loan to the PWO(U) or METOC in a CVS / DD / |
FF. Once this is completed, both the outgoing and incoming NO’s should sign the front
of the CB Form R or MoD Form 102. See Para 0214. |
e. Met Outfit. If no METOC is borne, check in NP 104 what the Meteorological |
Publication Sets (MOPS) and Meteorological Chart Sets (MOCS) entitlement is, then |
check the ship’s / submarine’s holdings against the MOPS / MOCS contents listed in |
‘Oceanographic and Meteorological Supplies Handbook’ (NP 452). |
f. Form H11. Once all the above are correct, Form H11 can be completed and signed
by both the outgoing and incoming NO as a transfer of the chart outfit between two
officers (see Para 0231). Once signed, follow the instructions on the form for forwarding |
to CMU. Make sure the Defence Sales Officer at CMU knows the name of the new NO. |
g. PLR. Conduct a complete muster of the Navigation Dept PLR. In particular, check
that the serial numbers listed agree with the items held.
h. RN Ship’s Log / Submarine Control Rom Log. Sight the current Ship’s Log |
(Form RNS 0322) / Submarine Control Rom Log (RNS 1476[4]). The departing NO |
should sign the inside cover (on the weekly inspection page) for up to the day the new
NO assumes his duties. Thereafter the Log is the responsibility of the new NO. Check
the sequential numbering of the Logs and the whereabouts of old Logs.
i. RFA Executive Officer’s Log. Sight the RFA Executive Officer’s Log (RFA Form 3). |
Check the state of the entries and the routine for XO / CO’s inspections. |
UK RESTRICTED 11-5
Change 1
(1121) j. Navigation Data Book. Sight the Navigation Data Book (RNS 2677), check the
narrative at the back is up to date, and that a record of Ship’s Logs’ disposal is kept at the
| front. The new incumbent should then add his/her name to the list of NO in the front.
k. Navigation Record Books. Check the whereabouts of old Navigation Record Books
(RNS 3034), which must be numbered sequentially and held for 3 years before disposal.
| l. Canal and Other Certificates. Sight the original Suez Canal Certificate (vessels will
NOT be allowed to transit the canal without the original). Also check that a Department of
Transport Tonnage Certificate (Form SUR 61 or SUR 61A) is also held.
| m. Outstations. Conduct a walk round with the outgoing NO of all navigation equipment
from stem to stern (see list at Para 1122 opposite) and ensure all switches are located.
| n. Personalties. Establish from the outgoing NO his understanding of the CO’s personal
Bridge preferences and obtain a brief on the backgrounds, qualifications and experience of the
OOWs.
| o. Programme. Examine the ship’s / submarine’s programme with the previous NO using
longcast, shortcast, FOS, etc and discuss what advance planning may have been done.
Confirm the programme soon afterwards with the Operations Officer and note any
additional requirements he/she may have. Update the CMU maintenance forecast.
| p. Handover Completion. Once all the above is done, both the incoming and
outgoing NOs should report to the CO. The incoming NO should confirm whether or
not he/she is happy to take over. Ask the CO to countersign the front of the NO’s CB
Form R for SECRET navigation charts and publications. It is important that the CO’s
attention is drawn to any areas about which the incoming NO is unhappy whilst the
outgoing NO is still available to answer questions at Command level.
11-6 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
1122. Checks After Turnover is Completed

Once the outgoing NO has left, start checking in more depth, using the following list. |
FOST’s Pre-OST Navigation Brief also provides useful guidance for departmental checks. |
a. Emergency Conning Position (ECP):

G Check the date of the last magnetic compass swing.
G Check the location of the ECP binnacle keys.
G Check the state of the ECP binnacle illumination.
G Check the correct position of the ECP binnacle magnets.
G Check the internal comms from ECP.
G Check the Navigation Suitcase & Gyro repeater.
G Check the contents of the ECP Box, including:
" Deviation Card (for both DG on & off)
" Lever/Rev per knot table,
" Power and rudder limits
" Emergency cards
" Navigation instruments and books (e.g Douglas protractor, pencils,
rubbers, Ship’s Log, Nav Record Book).
b. Navigation Lights:
G Check the state of the navigation lights.
G Check the location of all navigation light switches (including emergency
navigation lights).
G Check the make up of the navigation light switch panels (front of the Bridge
and the main control panel). Ammeter (if fitted) to have a check line.
c. Tiller Flat:
G Check the changeover procedure cards are displayed and legible.
d. Gyros:
G Check the gyro maintainer reports regularly to NO to check settings.
G Check the significance of alarms, what equipment is affected by a gyro failure.
e. Degaussing:
G Check the ship / submarine is in date for DG ranging. |
G Check the Course Corrector Box settings are checked/changed regularly.
f. Radar:
G Check that ranges are displayed in nautical miles (2024 yds to 1 nm).
G Check that display index errors are noted on each equipment.
G Check that the policy for the master display changeover is laid down and that
the key is available.
G Consider displaying radar blind arcs.
g. ECDIS / ARPA (if fitted): |

G Check condition and settings of equipment. |
UK RESTRICTED 11-7
Change 1
h. Loran C (if fitted)

G Check condition and settings of receiver.
i. GPS:
G Check that the datum selected is clearly displayed.
G Check that P-code settings are correct.
j. NAVTEX:
G Check that the receiver is operational.
G Check stations selected.
G Check that illustrations of the locations of the receive stations and the weather area
diagrams are in the vicinity of receiver.
G Check that NAVTEX log is located on the Bridge at sea.
| k. Precision Aneroid Barometers (PABs) / Dial Aneroid Barometers (DABs)

| G Check PABs in date for calibration (see Para 1005).
| G Check DAB / barograph set to read ‘instrument pressure’ (see Paras 1006-1007).
| G Check QNH / QFE corrections are displayed with PAB / DAB (see Para 1005).
l. Gyro Repeats:
G Check the lubber’s line is correctly aligned for all repeaters.
G Check the ‘Toe-in’ angle for all repeats.
G Check the state of illumination at repeats.
G Check location of change over switches.
m. Azimuth Circles:
G Check the accuracy of the prisms (use red thread and weights in azimuth boxes).
n. Log:
G Check that the log is in date for calibration.
o. Echo Sounder:
G Check soundings against leadline, record date of checks in Nav Data Book.
G Check whether echo sounder reads from the Waterline or Transducer and
| whether this is displayed on the depth recorder (iaw reporting policy as in Para
| 0916)
p. MFDF:
G Check the date of the last calibration, and that the latest calibration chart is
displayed in the vicinity of the set.
q. SNAPS:
G Check the edition number of latest software.
G Check that an Ops Rm/Bridge control policy is established.
G Check that all OOW/2OOW are familiar with most commonly used procedures.
r. Bridge Emergencies:
G Check that all OOW/2OOW know Bridge layout for important switches etc,
including Captain’s Call buzzer.
11-8 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
s. Bridge Cards/Files:
G Check the contents iaw BR 45(4) Annex E to Chapter 8. |
G Check the correct wording of Emergency Pipes are displayed near Main
Broadcast microphone.
t. Navigation Instruments:
G Check condition, record date of last calibration and index error check on
sextants.
G Check the accuracy of station pointer checked against diagram in Folio 317 |
series. |
u. Gong/Bell:
G Check gong and mallet, bell and clapper are available in case of fog whilst
anchored. Check the mallet is secured to the gong by a lanyard.
v. Leadline:
G Check that the leadline is made up iaw Seamanship Manual (BR 67) Chapter 3
Para 03072.
w. Captain's Standing Orders:

Check that the contents iaw BR 45(4) Annex C to Chapter 8. |
x. Watchkeeping Officers:
G Check that there is there a record of all officers who keep Bridge and
Operations Room watches having signed that they have read QRRN Chapters
8, 19, 23(S/Ms)/30(Ships), BR 45(1) Chapter 19 and BR 45(4) Chapter 8 |
Section 3. |
y. FCD 3 / Bridge Training Record:

G Check there is a record of FCD 3 training achieved is maintained for each
Bridge watchkeeping officer.
z. Navigation Lights:
G Is there a recent certificate for the Navigation Lights arcs of visibility? If the
ship / submarine enters dock, arrange for the Navigation Lights arcs of |
visibility to be checked and a certificate issued stating their condition.
|
UK RESTRICTED 11-9
Change 1
| 1123. Liaison Visits to Outside Authorities

As the opportunity arises the NO should arrange to undertake the following calls:
a. QHM. Visit the AQHM or DQHM and Chief Admiralty Pilot (CAP) for the ship’s
| / submarine’s Base Port. Also, if possible, arrange a visit (via CAP) to a tug to see the
head marks etc, for entry / exits and talk to the Admiralty Pilots to learn the local transits.
| Arrange similar visits for the CO, if one has not already been made.
| b. CINCFLEET Navigation Staff. Visit CINCFLEET Navigation Staff when an

| opportunity offers.
| c. FOST / CSST Staff.

| • FOST Navigating Officers with Squadron Responsibilities. Following the
| ‘Fleet First’ reorganisation in 2002, ‘Squadron Navigators’ were absorbed into
| the FOST Navigation Staff, initially in the FOST SWO(N) 5 and FOST
| SWO(N) 6 posts. Arrange to visit FOST SWO(N) 5/6 (as appropriate) and
| suggest possible dates for them to visit the ship.
| • FOST Staff Navigator’s Yeoman (SNY). Arrange for the FOST SNY to
| visit the ship to carry out the six monthly chart outfit inspection (which is an
| FCD3 requirement for Surface Flotilla). It is the responsibility of the ship’s
| NO to arrange this visit and it must be confirmed by signal to FOST about 1
| month in advance. FOST SNY may be available during NO or NY turnovers
| to assist with chart outfit checks.
| • FOST Pre-OST Visit. Arrange to visit FOST Navigation Staff for a pre OST
| visit about 2 months before OST (see BR 9275(1) Para 1102). This may be
| coordinated on a whole ship basis, by the Operations Officer or XO.
| • CSST Staff. For submarines, arrange similar visits with CSST Staff.
|
| d. Chart Maintenance Unit (CMU). Establish contact with the Officer in Charge
| of the CMU and discuss current chart servicing arrangements for your charts (see
| Chapter 3).
11-10 UK RESTRICTED
Change 1
CHART OUTFIT WEEKLY SPOT CHECK INSTRUCTIONS AND PROFORMA
1. Spot Check Proforma and Instructions for Use
a. Proforma Master Copy. The Weekly Spot Check proforma at Pages 11A-7/8
should be used as a ‘master’ to produce copies for the Spot Check Log onboard.
b. Detailed Instructions for Proforma Use. Detailed instructions for the use of the
proforma are at Para 3 (overleaf). A copy of Pages 11A-1 to 11A-6 (ideally in plastic
sleeves) should be provided to the Spot Check Officer for use during the spot check.
c. Arrangement of Spot Check Proforma Information. The proforma is arranged

in 8 columns, each of which covers a specific subject. The Weekly NM Section reference
is noted at the heading of each column. Each column contains:
• A paragraph reference for the instructions for the column’s completion.
• Instructions for the selection of items for checking and space to list them.
• A series of check boxes for more general items.
• The final column has space for overall comments and signature.
2. Spot Check Policy and Procedures

The policy for spot checks is at Para 1111. The procedures at Paras 2a-e (below) are to
be followed, in conjunction with the detailed instructions at Para 3 and on the proforma itself.
a. Selection of Items for Checking. On receipt of the Weekly NM, after the NO has
checked for corrections requiring urgent attention, the spot check officer is to select a
number of corrections for inspection (see Para 0401e). Guidance on this selection is on
the proforma.
b. Recording of Items for Checking. The selected items are recorded on the
proforma and the Weekly NM is returned to the NY. The NY must NOT be shown the
completed proforma at this stage, which should be retained by the spot check officer.
c. Timing of Spot Check. Once the NY has informed the Spot Check Officer that he
has completed his week’s work, a suitable time should be arranged to inspect the outfit.
Before starting the inspection confirm with the NO which folios are being fully corrected
and which are just being logged in NP 133B (Chart Correction Log) (see Para 0510).
d. Spot Check Procedure. The Spot Check Officer should then conduct the check
using the proforma and the detailed instructions at Pages 11A-2 to 11A-6. If unsure or
concerned by the results, the NO is to be informed immediately.
e. Action On Completion of Spot Check. On completion of the check, the proforma

is to be signed and dated, and forwarded to the NO with any comments. The proforma
is then to be held in its relevant file for the period directed at Para 1111d. All faults
should be noted to see if there is a trend to any errors being made by the NY.
Policy Note. At Change 1 the spot check proforma and instructions for its use have been
substantially altered to become more ‘user-friendly’, but the task itself is unchanged.
UNCLASSIFIED 11A-1
Change 2
3. Spot Check Proforma - Detailed Instructions for Use
a. NC / NE and Charts Withdrawn (Weekly NM Section II)

(1) NP 133B (Chart Correction Log) Part 1 and Chart Folios
G Check NE / NC Dates in NP 133B. Check the published date(s) for NC
/ NEs are recorded on the NP 133B folio correction sheet(s) alongside the
relevant chart(s) either in pencil for charts/editions not received or RED
| ink for charts / editions received (see Paras 0412a/b and 0413a).
G Check NE / NC Charts in Folio. Check the ‘charts withdrawn or
| replaced by a NC / NE’ have been removed from the folio (see Para
| 0415).
G Check Charts Withdrawn in NP 133B Folio Correction Sheet. Check
‘charts withdrawn without replacement’ are crossed through in RED ink
| on the NP 133B folio correction sheet (see Para 0415).
(2) NP 133B (Chart Correction Log) Part 2 and Chart Catalogue
G Check Charts Withdrawn in NP 133B Chart Index Sheet.
Check‘NCs / charts withdrawn’ selected are recorded in the chart index
at the back of NP 133B. The index must reflect the announcement of all
| NCs and charts withdrawn (see Para 0415).
G Check NE / NC Recorded in Chart Catalogue. Check NC / NEs and
‘charts withdrawn’ affecting the outfit (or ship’s / submarine programme
for the next 12 months) are recorded onto the description and chart pages
| in the Chart Catalogue (NPs 131 / 109). See Para 0412c.
b. Chart Corrections (Weekly NM Sections I & II)

G Check NM & Last Correction in NP 133B. Check that the selected NM
number is recorded against the correct chart on the folio correction sheet in
NP 133B. At the same time, check the last correction corresponds to the last
| correction in brackets in Section II (see Para 0426).
G Check Correction if Chart is in Multi-Folios. If the chart is in two or more
folios, all relevant correction sheets should be checked (see Para 0511).
Note: Charts in two or more folios can be identified from the cross reference column of the
folio correction sheet in NP 133B, as well as from the folio lists.
G Check Charts Corrected Accurately. Using Section II of the Weekly NM
and the tracings, check selected charts have been corrected neatly and
accurately, and the correction number is recorded on the bottom left hand
corner of the chart. At the same time, check the last correction number agrees
| with Weekly NM Section II and NP 133B (see Para 0426).
G Check Block Corrections Applied Correctly. Check block corrections have
| been applied correctly (see Para 0427).
G Check NP 133B Shows Correction Plotted. Check the NY has crossed
through the correction number in NP 133B to show the correction has been
plotted on to the chart (see Para 0530m).
11A-2 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
c. T & P Notices (Weekly NM Section II)

G Check T & P ML and Tote Correct. Check the Monthly List (ML) of T & Ps
is updated for cancellations and that the T & P Tote is completed correctly in
manuscript for T & Ps issued since the ML was published (see Para 0428). |
Cancelled T & Ps should be ruled through in RED / RED highlighter.
G Check T & Ps in NP 133B Correctly. Check T & P NP 133B column is
annotated for all charts affected (see Para 0429). |
G Check T & P Plotting. Check the NY understands the NO’s policy for plotting
T & Ps (see Paras 0430 / 0511), that all relevant T & Ps have been plotted in |
pencil on them and that this has been recorded adjacent to the chart title block.
d. Sailing Directions (Weekly NM Section IV)

G Check Supplement Edition. Check any Supplement number shown in the
Weekly NM corresponds to the Supplement number recorded at the top of the
tote (see Para 0601).
G Check SD Tote Correct. Check the page(s) affected, the description of
warning and the AS or Weekly NM number have been recorded on the tote (see
Para 0601).
G Check SDs ML Checked / Ticked. Check the ML of SDs has been ticked to
indicate that a check has been conducted (see Para 0601). Sign the ML to
indicate a check has been conducted.
e. List of Lights & Fog Signals (Weekly NM Section V)

G Check NM Number Inserted. Check in the relevant volume that the Weekly
NM number / year (eg 9/02) has been recorded in RED ink alongside the light
/ signal affected (see Para 0602).
G Check NM Number + Name Inserted. Check newly established lights or
signals have their name and number recorded in RED ink in addition to the
week number/year (see Para 0602).
G Check NM Number Inserted and Item Ruled Through in RED (Deletion).
Check a light / signal deleted is ruled through in RED ink with the week
number / year added for cross reference (see Para 0602).
G Check all Weekly NMs Held Intact. Check relevant intact Weekly NMs are
held for all volumes (see Para 0401f/g).
G Check the ‘Record of Corrections’ page (at front) Updated Correctly. Check
the ‘Record of Corrections’ page has been updated with the date of insertion
(or ‘NIL’ if no corrections) for each Weekly NM (see Para 0602).
UNCLASSIFIED 11A-3
Change 2
f. List of Lights Radio Signals (Weekly NM Section VI)

G Check NM Number Inserted. Check in the relevant volume that the Weekly
NM number / year (eg 9/02) has been recorded in RED ink alongside the
station affected (see Para 0603).
G Check NM Number + Name Inserted. Check a newly established station’s
name is recorded in RED ink in addition to the Weekly NM number / year (see
Para 0603).
G Check NM Number Inserted and Item Ruled Through in RED (Deletion).
Check a station deleted is ruled through in RED ink with the Weekly NM
number / year added for cross reference (see Para 0603).
G Check all Weekly NMs Held Intact. Check relevant intact Weekly NMs are
held for all volumes (see Para 0401f/g).
G Check the ‘Directions for Updating this Volume’ page (at front) Updated.
Check ‘Directions for Updating this Volume’ page has been updated with the
date of insertion (or ‘NIL’ if no corrections) for each Weekly NM (see Para
0603).
g. Fleet Notices (Fleet Edition)

G Check as for Weekly NMs, plus: Conduct the check as for Weekly NM (see
Annex 11A Para 3b), plus:
Check Fleet NM Tote Correct. Check the Fleet NM tote reflects receipt
of the Fleet edition (see Para 0461a).
Check Fleet NM NP 133B Correct. Check the Fleet NM numbers
and/or NC / NEs published dates have been recorded, for chart(s)
affected, in the ‘Fleet Notice’ column on the H55A folio correction sheet
in NP 133B (Chart Correction Log). See Para 0461c-e.
Check Fleet NC / NE in NP 111. Check details of NC / NEs and ‘charts
withdrawn’ have been recorded in NP 111 (Catalogue of Fleet Charts).
See Para 0461g.
Check Weekly NMs for Fleet Charts. Check previous ‘ordinary’
corrections / notes / blocks to see that they have been applied to the Fleet
charts (see Para 0461h).
11A-4 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 2
h. NAVTEX Log
G Check the NAVTEX Log is Split into Sections. Check the NAVTEX Log is
split into 5 or 6 Sections (see Para 0723a), and as below
G Check Section 1 Correct. Check the latest Weekly NM printed rig list is held
(see Para 0723c).
G Check Section 2 Correct.
" Sub Sections / Areas. Check separate sub-sections are maintained for
each NAVAREA geographical area / HYDROPACS / HYDROLANTS / ‘US
SPECIAL’ warnings for the intended operating area. (see Para 0723a/d).
" Totes. Check that Totes are maintained for each sub-section and that they
are correct from latest ‘in force’ messages (see Para 0723d)
" Printed Lists. Check the Weekly NM printed list are ruled through in
RED or RED highlighter for cancellations and (by checking the latest
printed summary) that no cancellations have been missed (see Para
0723e).
" Printouts. Check that the NAVTEX / GMDSS / Signal printouts reflect
the totes.
G Check Section 3 Correct. Check separate totes are maintained for each
national series of Coastal messages, that the totes are correct from latest ‘in
force’ message (see Para 0723f)and that the printouts reflect the totes.
G Check Section 4 Correct. Check if any relevant Gunfacts / Subfacts warnings
are held (see Para 0723g).
G Check Section 5 Correct. Check if any relevant transcripts / signal printouts:
Local Radio Navigation Warnings are held and that a tote is properly
maintained (see Para 0723h).
G Check Section 6 Correct (SM only). Check if any relevant SUBNAV
warnings are held and that a tote is properly maintained (see Para 0723i).
G Check Chart Plotting of Warnings. Check all copies of charts in use / to be
used designated by the NO have been corrected accurately and neatly in
pencil, and that the warning/notice number(s) have been recorded in adjacent
to the chart title block (see Paras 0725 and 0531).
i. Local Notice to Mariners Log
G Check Local NM Log / Tote Correct. Check Local NM logs and totes are
completed correctly (see Para 0730).
Policy Note. At Change 1 the spot check proforma and instructions for its use have been
substantially altered to become more ‘user-friendly’, but the task itself is unchanged.
UNCLASSIFIED 11A-5
Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
11A-6 UNCLASSIFIED
Change 1
HMS .................. CHART OUTFIT WEEKLY SPOT CHECK PROFORMA
WEEKLY NMs EDITION ..... / ...... SPOT CHECK was conducted by .............................. on ..... /..... / 20.....
NC / NE / CHARTS CHART CORRECTIONS T & P NOTICES SAILING DIRECTIONS
WITHDRAWN (SECTION II) (SECTIONS I & II) (SECTION I) (SECTION IV)
See instructions at Annex 11A Para 3a.

See instructions at Annex 11A Para 3b. See instructions at Annex 11A Para 3c. See instructions at Annex 11A Para 3d.
NP 133B PART 1 / CHART FOLIOS
Selection. Select all NC / NEs and ‘charts Selection. Select at least 6 notice numbers from the Selection. Select all page corrections to those
Selection. Select all Ts & Ps that affect the
withdrawn’ that affect the outfit held and record ‘INDEX OF NOTICES AND CHART FOLIOS’, including Pilots held and record them with the Pilot
outfit and record them with the Area number
them below. MISCELLANEOUS (the last notice number) that affect the affected below.
below. Obtain Area number from the
specific outfit held and record them below. Note the page ‘GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX’ at the beginning
............................................ shown on the index, and from this select all charts affected, ..........................................
of Section I.
............................................
including those held in cross-referenced folios. Note these
..........................................
charts next to the selected notice number below. ..........................................
............................................ ..........................................
.................................................... ..........................................
............................................ ..........................................
.................................................... ..........................................
............................................ ..........................................
.................................................... ..........................................
............................................ ..........................................
G Check NE / NC dates in NP 133B. .................................................... ..........................................
..........................................
G Check NE / NC charts in folio. .................................................... ..........................................
UNCLASSIFIED
UNCLASSIFIED
G Check ‘charts withdrawn’ in NP 133B ..........................................

.................................................... ..........................................
folio correction sheet.
..........................................
.................................................... ..........................................
NP 133B PART 2 / CHART CATALOGUE ..........................................
.................................................... ..........................................
Selection. Select 3 NC / NEs and ‘charts
withdrawn’ that do NOT affect the outfit held and ..........................................
.................................................... ..........................................
record them below.
..........................................
.................................................... ..........................................
............................................
..........................................
..........................................
............................................ G Check NM & last correction in NP 133B. ..........................................
..........................................
............................................ G Check correction if chart is in multi-folios.
..........................................
G Check ‘charts withdrawn’ in NP 133B ..........................................
G Check charts corrected accurately.
Chart Index sheet. G Check T & P ML and Tote correct. G Check Supplement edition.
G Check charts blocks applied correctly.
G Check NE / NC recorded in Chart G Check T & Ps in NP 133B correctly. G Check SD tote correct.
Catalogue G Check NP 133B shows correction plotted.
G Check T & P plotting. G Check SDs ML checked / ticked.
Change 1
11A-7
BR 45(7)
LIST OF LIGHTS & F OG LIST OF RADIO SIGNALS FLEET NOTICE NAVTEX / LOCAL NM LOGS &
11A-8
SIGNALS (SECTION V) (SECTION VI) (FLEET EDITION) OVERALL COMMENTS
BR 45(7)
Change 1
See instructions at Annex 11A Para 3h/i.
See instructions at Annex 11A Para 3e.
See instructions at Annex 11A Para 3g. NAVTEX LOG
See instructions at Annex 11A Para 3f.
Selection. Select 3 light / signal numbers for each Check the NAVTEX Log has 5 Sections (6
Selection. If a Fleet NM has been received, G
volume held and record them with the volume letter for SMs).
Selection. Select 3 station numbers for each select all Fleet notices (NC/NEs and Charts
below.
volume held and record them with the volume Withdrawn) that affect Fleet folios held and G Check Section 1 correct.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . number below. record them with the Fleet edition number below.
G Check Section 2 correct.
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................ " Sub Sections / Areas
" Totes
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................ " Printed Lists
" Printouts
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................ G Check Section 6 correct (SM only).
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................ G Check chart plotting of warnings.
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................ LOCAL NM LOG

G Check Local NM log / tote correct.
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................
UNCLASSIFIED
UNCLASSIFIED
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................ SPOT CHECK OVERALL COMMENTS
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................ .............................................
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................ .............................................
.............................................. ............................................ ............................................ .............................................

............................................ ............................................ .............................................
G Check NM No. inserted (change).
G Check NM No. inserted (change). .............................................
G Check NM +name inserted (new) G Check as for Weekly NMs, plus:

G Check NM No. inserted and item ruled G Check NM +name inserted (new) Check Fleet NM tote correct. .............................................
through in RED (deletion).
G Check NM No. inserted and item ruled Check Fleet NM NP133B correct. .............................................
G Check all Weekly NMs held intact. through in RED (deletion).
Check Fleet NC / NE in NP 111.
G Check all Weekly NMs held intact. .............................................
G Check ‘Record of Changes’ page (at front)
Check Weekly NMs for Fleet charts
updated correctly.
G Check ‘Directions for Updating Volume’ Signature: ..................................................
page (at front) updated.
COMMON FAULTS IN THE CHART OUTFIT
APPENDIX 1
1. List of Common Faults

The following list of common faults in chart outfits is based on recent FOST experience.
a. Weekly Spot Checks are NOT fully understood by the checking officers (see Para
1111 and Annex 11A).
b. Charts held in more than one folio (eg where it overlaps the boundary of two folios)
are NOT being cross referenced (see Paras 0426 / 0511). |
c. Charts held in local folios are NOT being cross-referenced to their NP 133B parent
folio correction sheet and corrections are NOT being applied (see Para 0470).
d. Extra charts held are NOT being assigned their own identifying letter and a separate
line in NP 133B (Chart Correction Log) folio correction sheet (see Paras 0426 / 0511). |
e. Corrections are being logged from tracings INSTEAD of the Weekly NM (see Para
0426). |
f. Tracings alone are being used when plotting corrections INSTEAD of using the
Weekly NMs as well (see Para 0530d).
g. NP 133B (Chart Correction Log) T & P columns are NOT being used to reflect the
current T & Ps in force (see Para 0429). |
h. The T & P numbers are NOT being written alongside the pencilled correction on the
chart (see Paras 0430 / 0531). |
i. NP 111(Catalogue of Classified Charts) are NOT being updated from Fleet NM for
NC / NE received (see Paras 0461g and 0606).
j. CB Forms R are NOT being signed on completion of musters of classified charts and
publications (see Para 0214).
k. Tide Tables are NOT being corrected for any relevant NMs in the Annual Summary
(see Para 0607).
l. Chart maintenance plans for CMUs are NOT being kept up to date (see Para 0302).
2. Updating
This Appendix will be updated periodically to reflect the latest Fleet trends.
UK RESTRICTED App 1-1

Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
App 1-2 UK RESTRICTED

Change 2
NAV & MET STORES, RNS FORMS AND STATIONARY PRODUCTS
APPENDIX 2
NAVIGATIONAL & METEOROLOGICAL STORES, RNS FORMS AND

STATIONARY PRODUCTS
1. NAVIGATIONAL STORES NUMBERS
TITLE MANAGEMENT CODE NUMBER
Azimuth Circle (large) 0671 - 99 - 460 - 6573 |

|
Azimuth Circle (small) 0671 - 99 - 460 - 6523 |
|
Batteries (for Ear Defenders, Peak Limiting) [New Item in 2002] 6135 - 99 - 984 - 7838
Bell, Ships, Nickel 0570 - 99 - 411 - 9710
Binoculars (Zeiss) 0550 - 99 - 157 - 9560
Binoculars (Zeiss) Eye cups 0550 - 99 - 547 - 3566
Binoculars (Barr & Stroud) 0550 - 99 - 461 - 9389
Clock - Chronometer Quartz (see also ‘Watches’) 0555 - 99 - 541 - 7361
Compass, Plot 0550 - 99 - 539 - 8912
Dividers, Bow 0550 - 99 - 522 - 6962
Drawing Sets (Navigation) 0461 - 99 - 923 - 8461
Ear Defenders (Peak Limiting) 5835 - 99 - 632 - 9763
Echo Sounder Paper 0906 - 99 - 523 - 8477
Film, Colour (Film Gold 400) 0553 - 99 - 541 - 0898
Flying Course Calculator 0552 - 99 - 522 - 6214
Heeling Error Instrument 0671 - 99 - 460 - 6364 |
JUD Reflection Plotter 0972 - 99 - 523 - 9425
NAVTEX paper (boxes of 10 rolls) 0625 - 9310 - 840 - 1649
Parallel Rule (Metal) 0550 - 99 - 522 - 6966
Parallel Rule (Plastic) 0550 - 99 - 537 - 6999

Change 2
NAVIGATIONAL STORES NUMBERS (continued)
Range Finder - Stuarts Distance Metre 0671 - 99 - 523 - 6994
Range Finder - ½ Metre Base 0552 - 99 - 461 - 9379
Range Finder - Metric Base 0552 - 99 - 461 - 9381
Sextant 0552 - 99 - 522 - 6936
Speed Time Distance Rulers (Skippers Companion) 0550 - 99 - 527 - 7217
Station Pointer 0552 - 99 - 777 - 3202
Stop Watch 0555 - 99 - 521 - 3169
Sunglasses (Polarised) VO47 - 99 - 130 - 9069
Tape Recorder (Bridge) 5835 - 99 - 627 - 6041
Telescope, Binocular, Night Sight 0651 - 99 - 761 - 0667
Torch, Right Angle 0583 - 99 - 910 - 5033
Watch - Chronometer Wrist Watch (Seiko) 0555 - 99 - 768 - 3056
Watch - Chronograph Wrist Watch (Quartz) 0555 - 99 - 814 - 9181
Watch - Luminous Wrist Watch 0555 - 99 - 541 - 7362
Watch - Straps 0555 - 99 - 124 - 2986

Change 2
2. METEOROLOGICAL STORES NUMBERS
Barograph or Record of Pressure 0557 - 99 - 461 - 9299
Barograph Sheets MET Form 4237
Barograph Nibs Met Ref 28633
Barograph Weekly Clock 0557 - 99 - 461 - 1715
Barograph Drum 0557 - 99 - 461 - 2494
Barograph Pen Arm 0557 - 99 - 461 - 9364
Barograph Pen 0557 - 99 - 461 - 9365
Dial Aneroid Barometer (DAB) Mk 2 0557 - 99 - 461 - 9298
Precision Aneroid Barometer Mk 1 Met Ref 20000
Precision Aneroid Barometer Mk 2 0557 - 99 - 521 - 5438
Screen, Shipboard (Stevenson’s) 0557 - 99 - 461 - 9402
Screen, Shipboard - Bottle 0557 - 99 - 461 - 9305
Screen, Shipboard - Cap, Muslin 0557 - 99 - 461 - 9307

Change 1
3. RN SERIES ‘S’ FORMS (SEE JSP 466 SECTION 3)
Bridge Watchkeeping Certificate 3136
Cover for Current Ship's Log RNS 0322a
Cover for Classified Documents (for use on the Bridge) RNS 0562
Deviation Table RNS 0387
Deviation Card RNS 0387a
Fishing Vessel log RNS 1176
Daily OST Report (OOW &Navigation- Miscex 805) RNS 3176
Manoeuvring Form (A3 pad of 100) RNS 0376
Mership and Fish Vessel Sighting report RNS 0529
Navigational Record Book RNS 3034
Navigational Data Book RNS 2677
Navigator’s Note Book RNS 0548a
Ocean Navigation Certificate RNS 3162
Record of Observations for Deviation RNS 0374a
Record Book For Wheel & Engine Orders RNS 0580a
Report of Collision and Groundings RNS 0232
Report on damage to Fishing gear (attended or unattended)

Alleged to have been caused by HM Ships. RNS 1301
Sea Order Book, HMS............... RNS 0553
Ship Activity Return RNS 2040
Ship’s Log (See also ‘Cover’) RNS 0322

Change 1
4. STATIONARY ITEMS - DETAILS FROM MOD 2001/2002 CATALOGUE
TITLE PRODUCT CODE NUMBER
Adhesive - Golden Gum 041 - 0026

Adhesive - Glue Stick - Medium (20 gram) 041 - 0062 / 937 - 2003
Adhesive - Glue Stick - Large (40 gram) 041 - 0063 / 937 - 2002
Adhesive - Tape, double sided- 25 mm x 50m 060 - 0030
Adhesive - Tape - 18 mm x 66m 931 - 0008
Carbon Paper Black A5 936 - 0001
Carbon Paper Black A4 936 - 0002
Card Holders, A4 Plastic, Banner 941 - 1000
Clear Pocket, Banner (4 X 25) A4 941 - 0001
Eraser - Small Pencil(Box of 30) 925 - 0015
Eraser - Large Pencil (Box of 20) 925 - 0016
Eraser -Hi polymer pencil eraser - single item 039 - 0019
Graph Paper, Pack, 250 Sheets (ruled 5mm) A3 010 - 0007
Graph Paper, Pack, 250 Sheets (ruled 2, 10 and 20mm) A4 010 - 0008
Graph Paper Pads (ruled 0.1", 0.5" 1.0") Banner A4 909 - 0012
Highlighters - Yellow (box of 10) 926 - 0001
Highlighters - Red (box of 10) 926 - 0002
Highlighters - Pink (box of 10) 926 - 0003
Highlighters - Blue (box of 10) 926 - 0004
Highlighters - Orange (box of 10) 926 - 0005
Highlighters - Green (box of 10) 926 - 0006
Highlighters - pack of 4 assorted colours 926 - 0007
Index Tabs 25mm, self adhesive - assorted colours (pack of 72) 007 - 0288
Index Tabs 48mm, self adhesive - assorted colours (pack of 48) 007 - 0289
Indicator Pins - (14 mm x13 mm), Green, packs of 20 937 - 3006
Indicator Pins - (14 mm x13 mm), Yellow, packs of 20 937 - 3007
Indicator Pins - (14 mm x13 mm), Black, packs of 20 937 - 3018
Indicator Pins - (14 mm x13 mm), White, packs of 20 937 - 3019
Indicator Pins - (14 mm x13 mm), Red, packs of 20 937 - 3020
Indicator Pins - (14 mm x13 mm), Blue, packs of 20 937 - 3021
Note: This list is a guide only and reference should be made to the current ‘Banner Stationary
Catalogue for the MoD’ . The Banner Stationary Catalogue product code numbers may change
periodically as products are updated or provided from different manufacturers.

Change 1
STATIONARY ITEMS - DETAILS FROM MOD 2001/2002 CATALOGUE (continued)
TITLE PRODUCT CODE NUMBER
Ink, Staedtler - Violet Order by description*

* Staedtler Marsmatic Drawing Ink, Violet, Code 745-6 (Pack of 5 bottles, each 23ml)
Notebook - A4, 8mm feint ruled, A-Z Index (hard bound ) 910 - 0009
Notebook - A4, 6mm feint ruled, numbered pages (hard bound ) 910 - 0010
Notebook - A5 Shorthand (spiral bound) 910 - 0017
Pen Cleaner, Staedtler Order by description
Pen, Rotring 0.18mm - Complete 052 - 0532
Pen - Replacement Nibs, Rotring 0.18mm 052 - 0542
Pencil (Drawing ) - HB, Packs of 12 048 - 0091
Pencil (Drawing ) - 2B, Packs of 12 048 - 0093
Pencil - Pentel Automatic (0.7 mm), single pencil 048 - 0041
Pencil - Staedtler Automatic (0.7 mm), box of 10 052 - 0012
Pencil - Staedtler 2B pencil leads (0.7 mm) 052 - 0024
Post-it / Self-Stick Notes (3" X 3")(Yellow), Banner 909 - 5004
Reinforcement Discs (White, 5mm hole) 942 - 8002
Ring Binder (Blue) 2 Ring 940 - 0003
Ring Binder (Blue) 4 Ring 940 - 0012
Scissors, 6 inch, steel 054 - 0012 or 937 - 4000
Surgical Handles No 3 045 - 1029
Surgical Blades No. 10A 045 - 1041
Note: This list is a guide only and reference should be made to the current ‘Banner Stationary
Catalogue for the MoD’ . The Banner Stationary Catalogue product code numbers may change
periodically as products are updated or provided from different manufacturers.

Change 1
USEFUL CONTACT DETAILS
APPENDIX 3
1. Scope of Appendix.
This appendix brings together a variety of contact details for outside authorities which
might be useful to NO / NYs. It has been rationalised to reflect the 2002 ‘Fleet First’ changes.
Contact details are arranged as follows:
• Paragraph 2 CincFleet Portsmouth
• Paragraph 3 FOST (Devonport)
• Paragraph 4 FOST MPV (Faslane)
• Paragraph 5 FOST SM (Faslane) |
• Paragraph 6 Maritime Warfare School (MWS) - NTU |
• Paragraph 7 NBC Devonport
• Paragraph 8 NBC Portsmouth
• Paragraph 9 NBC Clyde
• Paragraph 10 Captain Naval Drafting
• Paragraph 11 DNOA(X)
• Paragraph 12 Postal Courier Depot
• Paragraph 13 UK Hydrographic Office (UKHO)
2. CINCFLEET Portsmouth
Telephone Codes:
MoD:93-832 BT: 023-9254-xxxx
Address:
Office of Commander in Chief Fleet
Room .... (see below)
West Battery (PP 300)
Whale Island
PORTSMOUTH
PO2 8DX
Telephone / FAX Extensions and Room Numbers:

SO1 N7 NAV Ext 7656 FAX 8224 Room 170 (‘Fleet Navigator’)
SO2 N7 SFN Ext 7676 FAX 8224 Room 166 (‘Surface Flotilla Navigator’)
SO2 N7 SMN Ext 8223 FAX 8224 Room 166 (‘Submarine Flotilla Navigator’)
SO2 N7 RFAN Ext 7668 FAX 8224 Room 166 (‘RFA Flotilla Navigator’)
SO2-N7-MWPN Ext 7639 FAX 7600 Room 127 (‘Precise Navigation’)

Change 2
3. FOST (Devonport)
Telephone Codes:
MoD: 93-75 BT: 01752-553740 or 01752-55xxxx (extension minus the first digit)
Address:
Office of Flag Officer Sea Training
Grenville Block
HMS DRAKE
Devonport
PLYMOUTH
Devon PL2 2BG
Telephone / FAX Extensions and Locations:
SWO(N) Ext 68258 FAX 67806
SWO(N) 2 / SRFAO(N) Ext 67785 FAX 67806
SWO(N) 3 / SWO(N) 4 Ext 65963 FAX 67806
SWO(N) 5 / SWO(N) 6 Ext TBC FAX 67806
SNY Ext 68258 FAX 67806
Note. SWO(N) is located in Grenville Block and the other Nav Staff are in Raleigh Block.
4. FOST MPV (Faslane)

Telephone Codes:
MoD:93-255 BT:01436-674321 FAX BT:01436-677221
Address:
Office of Flag Officer Sea Training (MPV)
Sea Training Building
HM Naval Base Clyde
HELENSBURGH
Dumbartonshire G84 8HL
Telephone / FAX Extensions:
SOO / SWO(MW) Ext 4459 FAX 3696 (or BT 01436-677221)
SWO(N) Ext 6856 FAX 3696 (or BT 01436-677221)
SNO(H) Ext 4031 FAX 3696 (or BT 01436-677221)
| 5. FOST SM (Faslane)
Telephone Codes:
MoD:93-255 BT: 01436-674321 (follow prompts to dial extension number)
Address:
| Office of Flag Officer Sea Training (SM)
| Sea Training Building
HM Naval Base Clyde
HELENSBURGH
ST 12 Ext 3437 FAX 6502 (Warfare & Navigation Sea Rider)
ST 16 Ext 6448 FAX 6502 (Programs & Plans)

Change 2
6. Maritime Warfare School (MWS) - Navigation Training Unit (NTU)
Telephone Codes: MoD: 93-825 BT: 01329-33xxxx

Address:
Navigation Training Unit
Endeavour Block
Maritime Warfare School
HMS COLLINGWOOD
Newgate Lane
FAREHAM
Hants PO14 1AS
OIC
OIC NTU Ext 3210 FAX 3234
Instructors
NTO Ext 3220 FAX 3234
N1 Ext 3201 FAX 3234
N2 Ext 3202 FAX 3234
NSM Ext 3208 FAX 3234
N3 Ext 3203 FAX 3234
N4 Ext 3204 FAX 3234
N5 Ext 3205 FAX 3234
N6 Ext 3206 FAX 3234
N7 (SNY) Ext 3207 FAX 3234
Simulators
NSO Ext 3230 FAX 3234
NS1 Ext 3232 FAX 3234
NS2 Ext 3233 FAX 3234
NS3 Ext 3233 FAX 3234
NS4 Ext 3233 FAX 3234
NS5 Ext 3233 FAX 3234
Support
Nav Admin Office Ext 3200 FAX 3234
Nav Equipment Store Ext 3221 FAX 3234
Mapping & Chart Office Ext 3222 FAX 3234
Nav Course Planning Ext 3272 FAX 3234

Change 2
7. NBC Devonport
Telephone Codes:
MoD: 93-75 BT: 01752-553740 or 01752-55xxxx (last 4 digits)
Address:
Naval Base Commander
HM Naval Base Clyde
Devonport
PLYMOUTH
Devon PL1 4SR
DQHM Ext 36485 FAX 36401
Longroom Ext 36490 FAX 36401
Movements Officer Ext 53005 FAX 54570
Chief Admiralty Pilot Ext 36932 FAX 36944
Pilots’ Office Ext 36930
Logreq Co-ordinator Ext 52417
NB Facilities Coord Centre Ext 54248 / 53001 / 54346
Boats Ext 52421
Master Rigger Ext 67942
DG officer Ext 52448
Transport Ext 53198
Mail Office Ext 67955
DRAKE Wardroom Ext 65252 / 65364 (Hall Porter)
DRAKE Accommodation Ext 65251 / 65242
CMU (OIC) Ext 65395 FAX 65394
CMU (Office) Ext 65497 FAX 65394
CMU (e-mail) plymouthcmu@ukhocmu01.u-net.com

Change 2
8. NBC Portsmouth
Telephone Codes:
MoD: 93-80 BT:01705-7xxxxxx
Address:
HM Naval Base
PORTSMOUTH
Hants PO1 3NB
DQHM Ext 23794 FAX 22831
Movements Officer Ext 23344 FAX 22831
Movements Office Ext 22556 FAX 22831
Chief Admiralty Pilot Ext 23728 FAX 22831
Harbour Control Ext 23694 FAX 22831
Master Rigger Ext 22015
Logreq Co-ordinator Ext 23677
Mail Office Ext 22383 / 22621
Transport Ext 24066 / 24082
CMU (OIC) Ext 24431 FAX 23230
CMU (Office) Ext 22561 / 22715 FAX 23230
CMU (e-mail) cmuportsmouth@ukhocmu03.u-net.com
9. NBC Clyde
Telephone Codes:
MoD: 93-255 BT: 01436-674321 (then follow prompts to dial extension number)
Address:
HM Naval Base Clyde
HELENSBURGH
QHM Ext 6996
DQHM Ext 4238
AQHM Ext 5559
Chief Admiralty Pilot Ext 6678
Harbour Planning Office Ext 6499 (equivalent to Movements Office)
Harbour Control Ext 3555
Base Services Manager Ext 3048
Base Services Office Ext 4533 / 3066 / 3062/ 3057
Jetty Manager Ext 6708
Transport Ext 6611 / 6711
Serco Operations Manager Ext 4460 6552 (boat transfers etc)
CMU (OIC) Ext 6411 BT FAX 01436-677347
CMU (Office) Ext 6397 BT FAX 01436-677347
CMU (e-mail) cmufaslane@ukhocmu04.u-net.com

Change 2
10. Captain Naval Drafting
Telephone Codes:
MoD: 93-844 BT:023-92-70xxxx
Address:
Captain Naval Drafting
Centurion Building
Grange Road
GOSPORT
Hants PO13 9XA

OM (EW) Desk Ext 2441
Note. Drafting of ratings to the Navigator’s Yeoman course (and in some cases subsequently
to ships) is now carried out by the Waterfront Manning Offices at Portsmouth and Devonport.
Contact numbers of the Warrant Officers in charge are:
Waterfront Manning Office (Portsmouth) 93-80-24658
Waterfront Manning Office (Devonport) 93-75-65431
11. DNOA(X)
Telephone Codes:
MoD: 93-80 BT: 0233-92-7xxxxx
Address:
Director of Naval Officers Appointing (X)
Victory Building
HM Naval Base
PORTSMOUTH
Hants PO1 3LS

Cdr X Ext 27442
‘Specialist N’ Appointer Ext 27454
‘n’ / Jnr Officers Appointer Ext 27446

Change 2
12. Postal Courier Depot
Telephone Codes:
MoD: 94-641 BT: 01980-67xxxx
Address:
Inglis Barracks
Mill Hill
LONDON
NW7 1PX

Naval Section (OIC) Ext 3326
Naval Section (RPO) Ext 3232
Naval Section (L/Reg) Ext 3356
Registry Ext 3232
13. UK Hydrographic Office (UKHO)
Telephone Codes and Other Methods of Contact:

BT: 01823-337900 (To reach a UKHO extension without going via an operator, |
dial 01823-337900 and when prompted, dial the extension followed by the |
hash (#) key.) |
Signal: HYDROUK (for Defence Sales Office)
e-mail: defencesales@ukho.gov.uk
Address:
Defence Sales Office
UK Hydrographic Office
Ministry of Defence
Admiralty Way
TAUNTON
Somerset TA1 2DN
For matters concerning H262 orders, outfit issues / returns etc:

Defence Sales Office Ext 3211 BT FAX 01823-330561
Defence Sales Office Ext 3213 BT FAX 01823-330561
For urgent matters concerning navigational safety / warnings:

Radio Navigation Warnings Ext 3289 BT FAX 01823-322352
For policy matters:

MoD Requirements Coordinator Ext 3607 BT FAX 01823-284077
Defence Business Manager Ext 3335 BT FAX 01823-330561 |

Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Change 2
ROYAL FLEET AUXILIARY - VARIATIONS FROM RN PROCEDURES
APPENDIX 4
1. RFA / RN Variations - Scope of Appendix |

This Appendix contains variations from RN practice in the procedures for the supply, |
return and care of chart outfits in the RFA. Where such variations are specified in the body of the |
book, the reference is given rather than a repetition of the information. |
2. Definition of Terms
Throughout this Appendix, the term ‘Navigating Officer (NO)’ means either the appointed
‘Navigation Officer’ who is ‘N’/’n’ trained, or otherwise the ‘Officer Responsible for Navigation’
in an RFA, as detailed in BR 875 Vol 4 Part 0206. |
3. Statutory Requirements for the Contents of the Chart Outfit |

The NO (in both RN warships and RFAs) is responsible to the CO that the chart outfit |
held is appropriate for the service in which the ship is employed (see Para 1110). Notice 18 in |
the Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners (AS) details the charts and other nautical publications |
to be carried, in accordance with the Merchant Shipping (Carriage of Nautical Publications) |
Regulations, for the intended voyage. |
|
4. Responsibility for Upkeep of the Chart Outfit |
The NO (in RN warships and RFAs) is responsible to the CO (see BR 45 (4) Para 0820), |
that the charts and publications are correctly and properly amended before use in accordance with |
the procedures in BR 45(7). BR 45(7) policies and procedures are common to RN warships / |
RFAs unless specifically excepted for RFAs. Responsibility for monitoring the standard of |
navigation in the RFA (including chart outfits) lies with CINCFLEET Navigation Staff (see |
Appendix 3). |
5. RFA Personnel and Management of Chart Outfit Corrections |

‘RFA Personnel and Management of Chart Outfit Corrections’ guidance is at Para 0903. |
|
6. Policy for Correction of Standard and Deployment Folios |
The policy for correction of standard and deployment folios varies slightly between the |
RN and RFA, and details are at Para 0510. See also Para 1110b (Suspension of corrections for |
part of the chart outfit) Para 1110c (Temporary removal of folios) and Para 1110d (Transfer of |
folios between deployed units). |
|
7. Inspection of the Chart Outfit (Including Spot Checks) |
Inspection of the chart outfit (including spot checks) is now common to the RN and RFA |
and is to be carried out as at Para 1111. Note that in RFAs, the NO carries out the Weekly Spot |
Check and the CO carries out the monthly check. |
|
8. Use of CMU Facilities by RFAs |
The use of Chart Maintenance Unit (CMU) facilities by RFAs differs slightly between the |
RN and RFA, and details are at Para 0302. |
|
9. Policy for Landing / Returning / Replacing Chart Folios and Action for NPs |
The policy for landing / returning / replacing chart folios and action for NPs varies slightly |
between the RN and RFA, and details are at Para 0230. See also Para 10 below. |

Change 1
| 10. Chart Outfit Preparations for RFA Entering Refit

| The standard procedures for returning chart folios and drawing new ones are at Chapter
| 2 (see policy at Para 0230 in particular), but as RFAs frequently refit in commercial ports and
| remain partially manned, there are sometimes variations in the procedures necessary, as follows:
|
| a. Liaison for Disposal. Liaise with UKHO Defence Sales Office for returning chart
| folios from the ‘De-store’ and the ‘Refit’ ports, and/or disposal instructions (see Para
| 0231).
|
| b. Passage Folios. After returning most chart folios from the ‘De-store’ port, ensure
| the complete (passage) folios to take the ship from the ‘De-store’ port to the ‘Refit’ port
| are fully corrected. Correcting a ‘part folio’ is not adequate. The number of folios needed
| for passage and their age will dictate whether they can be destroyed locally or returned
| to UKHO. Form H11 should be used for returns to UKHO / CMUs (see Para 0231a).
|
| c. Planning Issue of the New Chart Outfit. Before entering refit, plan the issue of
| the passage folios (‘Refit’ port to ‘Re-Store’ port) and the full replacement outfit (usually
| at the ‘Re-Store’ port). The new ‘passage’ and ‘full’ outfit(s) content(s) and Required
| Delivery Dates (RDDs) should be notified to UKHO Defence Sales Office (see Para
| 0210). Additional charts for pilotage, blind pilotage and OST etc should be included in
| one of the lists of contents. Any changes to the RDDs or contents lists which
| subsequently occur should also be notified to UKHO Defence Sales Office. See also Para
| 11h below.
| Note. If the post of NO is to be gapped at any stage in the refit, details of the above ‘passage’
| and ‘full’ outfit(s) content(s) and RDD arrangements, together with copies of correspondence
| and contact numbers, should be lodged with the XO.
| d. NPs Required. NPs held when entering refit, which are also associated with the
| new outfit should be normally retained and kept corrected (see Para 0230b).
| Note. These NPs will normally be NAP 13 and MOC/MOP 13 or 14 (associated with NP 104
| Outfit 1001), unless the ship is deploying after refit when extra NPs may be required.
| e. NPs NOT Required. Any NPs held when entering refit, which are NOT associated
| with the new outfit, should be destroyed or returned as appropriate (see Para 0230c).
| f. Statutory Carriage Requirements. Retain sufficient NPs and Logs during the
| Refit to comply with the statutory requirements (see Para 3 above and Notice 18 in the
| Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners (AS).
|
| g. Retention of OST and Passage / Local Folios. If OST folios (with ‘drawn up’
| Pilotex charts etc) or passage / other local folios are retained on board they should either
| be kept fully corrected, or be retained uncorrected for reference purposes only. If retained
| for reference the charts are to be clearly marked ‘ UNCORRECTED AND NOT TO BE
| USED FOR NAVIGATION’.
|
| h. Copies of Previous Weekly NMs. Retain copies of previous Weekly NMs (as
| specified at Para 0401g) in order to correct ALRS, ALLFS and the Sailing Direction Log.
|

Change 1
11. RFA Chart Outfit Maintenance during Refit |

There is unlikely to a qualified person onboard in the refit to maintain charts, and if this |
is the case, any ‘passage charts / folios’ or other folios should be dealt with as specified in Para |
10g above. The following items are to be addressed during the refit by the deck officer or |
communications rating standing by the ship, and the NO is to ensure that they are fully briefed in |
all aspects of the correction procedures: |
|
a. Weekly Routine. Ensure that a routine is established to allow the Weekly NMs to |
be supplied to the junior Deck Officer standing by the ship, and that a period of time is set |
aside each week (estimate ½ a day) for the logging / corrections. The UKHO will |
normally supply the Weekly NMs without tracings for this purpose. |
|
b. Sailing Directions (SDs). The Sailing Direction (SD) Log is to be maintained as |
at Para 0601. |
|
c. Admiralty List of Light and Fog Signals (ALLFS). Copies of ALLFS are to be |
corrected as at Para 0602. |
|
d. Admiralty List of Radio Signals (ALRS). Copies of ALRS are to be corrected |
as at Para 0603. |
|
e. Catalogue of Admiralty Charts (NP 131 or 109). The Catalogue of Admiralty |
Charts (NP 131 or 109) is to be corrected as at Paras 0604 / 0605. |
|
f. Catalogue of Classified Charts (NP 111). The Catalogue of Classified Charts (NP |
111) is to be corrected as at Para 0606. |
|
g. T & P Log. The T& P Log is to be maintained as at Paras 0430 / 0430 for the |
folios planned to be embarked in the new chart outfit at the end of the refit (see Para 10c |
opposite). |
|
h. RDD. If any Required Delivery Date (RDD) changes occur which affect the issue |
of the new chart outfit, this is to be drawn to the attention of the XO and UKHO Defence |
Sales Office notified (see Para 10c opposite). |
12. Commissioning After Refit - Chart Outfit |

Once the new passage chart folios have been received at the ‘Refit’ port, the chart |
correcting system is to be started, and the check off list at Annex 2B should be completed. On |
reaching the ‘Re-store’ port, the chart correction system should be expanded, with Annex 2B |
being used again to ensure nothing is overlooked. In addition, ensure that no ‘reference folios’ |
(should already be marked ‘UNCORRECTED AND NOT TO BE USED FOR NAVIGATION’) |
are mixed up with navigational chart folios. |
|
13. Commissioning After Refit - Equipment, Instruments and Other Items |
Equipment, instruments and other items should be checked from the lists at Paras 1121 |
/1122 before the ship sails from the ‘Refit’ port. Liaison visits should be made to outside |
authorities (see Para 1123) and the FOST pre-OST questionnaire (see BR 9275). |
|

Change 1
| 14. New Build Ships

| New build ships should request charts and publications from the builders, such as for sea
| trials, until the ship is handed over to the RFA. The supply and maintenance should comply as
| closely as possible to the requirements of BR 45(7).
|
| 15. Strategic Lift Ships
| The SEA Class (RoRo) RFAs are to comply as closely as practicable to the procedures
| contained in BR 45(7). Requests for any dispensations from these procedures due to manning
| and/or programme constraints should be referred to CINCFLEET Navigation Staff.
|

Change 1
BLANK TOTE TEMPLATES
APPENDIX 5
1. Scope of Appendix
This appendix provides templates which may be photocopied locally and used as directed
by the appropriate chapter of BR 45(7). Templates and are arranged as follows:
• T&P ‘continuation’ Tote (see Para 0428b) |
• NP 133B T&P ‘overflow’ sheet (see Para 0429) |
• Fleet Notices to Mariners Log (see Para 0461 / Fig 4-8)
• Sailing Directions Tote (see Para 0601 / Fig 6-1)
• NAVAREA Warning Tote (see Para 0723d-e / Fig 7-5)
• WZ / Coastal Warning Tote (see Para 0723f / Fig 7-6)
• Local Radio Nav Warning Tote (see Para 0723h / Fig 7-7)
• Local Notices to Mariners Tote (see Para 0730 / Fig 7-8)
• List of Charts on which NMs, T & Ps, Radio Nav Warns, Local NMs and
Temp Memos (eg OST etc) are to be plotted (see Para 0531b)
UNCLASSIFIED App 5-1

Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
App 5-2 UNCLASSIFIED

Change 2
T & P ‘Continuation’ TOTE

This Tote is intended for logging T & Ps published between the issue of MLs and will be
superseded by the issue of a new ML (see details at Para 0428b). |
(Weekly NM edition number of last ML received ..........)
T&P CHART(s) AFFECTED LOCALITY AND SUBJECT FOLIO (s)
NUMBER AFFECTED

Change 2
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Change 2
TEMPORARY & PRELIMINARY OVERFLOW SHEET

FOLIO ...........
CHART T & Ps I N F OR CE (O ve rflo w fr om NP 13 3B folio co rre ctio n sh ee t)

Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Change 1
FLEET NOTICES TO MARINERS LOG
F LE ET E DITIO N F LE ET E DITIO N C O N T A IN I N G F LE ET E DITIO N F LE ET E DITIO N C O N T A IN I N G
R E C E IVE D NOT ISSUED FLEET N to M RECEI VED N O T I SSU ED FL EET N to M

Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Change 1
SAILING DIRECTIONS TOTE

SUPPLEMENT................
PAGE(s) DESCRIPTION of WARNING NOTICE WEEKLY

AFFECTED EDITION

Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Change 1
NAVAREA TOTE
Geographical NAVAREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAVAREA NUMBER LOCAL AREA CHART(s) & FOLIO(s) AFFECTED CANCELLED by

Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Change 1
WZ / COASTAL WARNING TOTE

STATIONS SELECTED STATION IDENTITY LETTER
..................... ...........................
..................... ...........................
..................... ...........................
WZ / COASTAL LOCAL AREA CHART(s) & FOLIO(s) AFFECTED CANCELLED by
W A R N IN G
N U M M BE R.

Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Change 1
LOCAL (PORT) RADIO NAV W ARNINGS TOTE

PORT AREA ......................................
W A R N IN G AREA CH ART (s) DESCRIPTION of CANCELLED by
NUMBER AFFECTED WARNING NOTICE

Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Change 1
LOCAL NOTICE TO M ARINERS TOTE

PORT AREA ......................................
W A R N IN G AREA CH ART (s) DESCRIPTION of WARNING NOTICE CANCELLED
NUMBER AFFECTED by

Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Change 1
LIST OF CHARTS ON W HICH NMs, T & Ps, RADIO NAV WARNS,

LOCAL NMS AND TEMP MEMOS ARE TO BE PLOTTED
Date Authorised by NO ..................... Date Plotting Completed by NY .....................
CHART T & Ps NAVAREA WZ / COASTAL LOCAL (PORT) L O C AL N M s TEMP MEMOS
NUMBER W A R N IN G S W A R N IN G S RADIO NAV (OST etc)
WARNS
(NO com plete) (NY com plete) (NY com plete) (NY com plete) (NY com plete) (NY com plete) (NY com plete)
Tick correction numbers when plotted.

When completed keep in NO’s Workbook with Passage / Exercise Plan

Change 1
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Change 1
TEMPLATE FOR RUBBER STAMP / LABEL (TO BE LOCALLY PRODUCED)
APPENDIX 6 |
|
TEMPLATE FOR RUBBER STAMP / LABEL ‘NAVWARN BLOCK’ |
(TO BE LOCALLY PRODUCED FOR USE ON CHARTS) |
|
100mm |
|
T & Ps |
WZs / Coastal |
NAVAREAS |
Local NMs | 50mm
Local Port RNW |

Temp Memos |
|
This ‘NAVWARN Block’ may be photocopied and stuck on charts, or used to order a rubber |
stamp via the Banner Stationary Catalogue (at an approximate cost of £20, in 2002). The block |
is repeated below to allow multiple photocopying on a single A4 sheet. See Para 0531c. |
|
|
T & Ps |
WZs / Coastal |
NAVAREAS |
Local NMs |
Local Port RNW |
Temp Memos |
|
|
|
T & Ps |
WZs / Coastal |
NAVAREAS |
Local NMs |
Local Port RNW |
Temp Memos |
|
|
|
|
|

Change 1
TEMPLATE FOR RUBBER STAMP / LABEL (TO BE LOCALLY PRODUCED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

Change 1
INDEX-GLOSSARY
INDEX-GLOSSARY
1. Purpose
The purpose of this ‘Index-Glossary’ is to provide a quick method of locating the primary
definition and/or explanation of each of the ‘technical terms’ used in BR 45 Volume 7, together
with the location of secondary occurrences of their use in the book. These ‘technical terms’ are
indicated in the text of BR 45 Volume 7 by being italicised.
2. Primary and Secondary References

Within this Index-Glossary, the primary definition and/or explanations of an italicised
technical term is given in bold type, with secondary occurrences given in ordinary type.
Italicised Technical Term Paragraph Number

Admiralty Raster Chart Service See ‘ARCS’.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals See ‘ALRS’ .
Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals See ‘ALLFS’.
ALLFS 0112d, 0120, 0211,0213d/g, 0230b, Anx 2B, 0401g,
0413d, 0442, 0443, 0533, 0602, 0603b/d, 0913. |
ALRS 0120, 0211, 0213d/g, 0230b, Anx 2B, 0401g, 0413d, |
0443, 0533, 0603, 0701, 0710, 0711, 0712, 0714, 0720,
0723, 0805, 0806.
‘AMEND’ (NM command) 0520.
Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners See ‘AS’.
Annual NM 0102, 0481, 0484, 0507 (but see also ‘AS’).
Annual Summary (of Notices to Mariners) / Annual Summary (of NMs) See ‘AS’.
ARCS 0110.
AS 0102, 0212, 0213e, Anx 2B, 0428b Note, 0441, 0480, |
0481, 0482, 0483, 0484,0520, 0531b, 0601, 0607.
Bathymetric Contour Atlas 0111 Notes 2 & 3.
Bathymetric Charts 0111 Notes 2 & 3.
BRACIS 0123 Note.
Azimuthal Equidistant (projection) 0111.
Chart Maintenance Units See ‘CMU’.
‘Charts Withdrawn’ 0415, 0461, 0604, Anx 9A. |
CMU 0120, 0213d, 0210, 0215, 0221, 0230, 0231, Anx 2B,
0302, 0303, 0401g, 0427, 0532d, 0533b, 1110, 1121, |
1123.
Composite Tracks 0111.
UNCLASSIFIED Index Glossary-1

Change 2
INDEX-GLOSSARY

Continually Revised Pilots 0601a / Fig 6-1 (see also ‘SDs’).
DAB 1006, 1122.
‘DELETE’ (NM command) 0520.
Deletion (Tracing instruction) 0521.
Deletions (Drawing convention) 0522.
Deviation / Deviation Coefficient 0122.
Dial Aneroid Barometer See ‘DAB’.
DP / DPs 0121.
ECDIS 0110
ECP 0120
Electronic Chart Display and Information Systems See ‘ECDIS’.
Emergency Conning Position See ‘ECP’
| Fleet / non-Fleet (charts) 0111, 0112, 0120, 0213, 0214 Note 2, 0423e, 0426d,
0460, 0461, 0470, 0532.
Fleet NM 0120, 0212, 0213, 0214, 0460, 0461, 0532, 0606.
Fleet Notices to Mariners (Fleet NM) / Fleet NMs See ‘Fleet NM’.
Geographic Collective Address See ‘GEOCAD’.
GEOCAD 0714c.
Global Maritime Distress & Safety System See ‘GMDSS’
GMDSS 0120, 0122, 0440, 0701, 0714, 0720, 0722, 0723.
Gnomonic (projection) 0111.
Great Circle 0111, 0120, 0122.
Gunfacts 0701, 0710e, 0720g, 0723.
HYDROLANT / HYDROPAC 0440, 0710, 0714, 0723.
IMO 0102.
‘INSERT’ (NM command) 0520.
Insertion after deletion (tracing instruction) 0521.
Insertion (tracing instruction) 0521.
Insertions (drawing convention) 0522.
International Maritime Organization See ‘IMO’.
International Regulations for Prevention of Collision at Sea See ‘IRPCS’.
IRPCS 0122.
Index Glossary-2
Change 2 UNCLASSIFIED
INDEX-GLOSSARY

Local Notices to Mariners (Local NMs) 0530, 0531, 0701, 0730, 0731, Anx 9A.
Local (Port) Radio Warnings (Local Radio Navwarns) 0213, Anx 2B, 0432, 0530j, 0531, |
0701, 0710, 0713, 0723, Anx 9A.
Marine Safety Information See ‘MSI’.
Maritime Rescue Coordination Centre See ‘MRCC’.
Maritime and Coastguard Agency See ‘MCA’.
MCA 0122, 0710e, 0713b.
Mercator (projection) 0111.
Meteorological Publication Sets (MOPS) See ‘MOPS’.
Meteorological Chart Sets (MOCS) See ‘MOCS’.
ML 0428, 0429, 0601, Anx 9A. |
MOCS 0120, 0210, 0121.
Monthly List See ‘ML’.
MOPS 0120, 0210, 0121.
‘MOVE’ (NM command) 0520.
Moving of Features (drawing convention) 0522.
MRCC 0711
MSI 0720 / Fig 7-4.
NAPS 0451.
NAVAREA 0213, 0440, 0701, 0710, 0711, 0712, 0714,
0720, 0721, 0723.
Navigational Publication Sets (NAPS) See ‘NAPS’.
Navigational Publications (NPs) See ‘NP’.
NAVTEX (system & policy) 0701, 0710, 0714, 0720, 0721, 0722, 0910,
1122.
NAVTEX (log, plotting & recording) Anx 2B, 0531, 0721, 0723, 0724, 0725, 0910,
0912, Anx 9A.
NC / NCs 0213, 0412, 0414, 0415, 0426, 0428, 0429, |
0461, 0604, 0606, Anx 9A. |
NE / NEs 0120, 0213, 0413, 0414, 0415, 0426, 0428, |
0429, 0461, 0606, Anx 9A. |
New Editions See ‘NE’.
New Charts See ‘NC’.

Change 2
INDEX-GLOSSARY

NM / NMs 0102, 0110, 0120, 0210, 0212, 0213, 0214 Note,
| Anx 2B, 0401, 0410-0416, 0420-0432, 0440-0443,
0450-0451, 0460-0461, 0470, 0481-0484, 0601-0607,
0701, 0710, 0712, 0713, 0723, 0730, 0731, 0806, 0913,
1111.
Notices to Mariners See ‘NM’.
NP 0102, 0111, 0112, 0120, 0210-0212, 0213, 0220, 0230,
| 0231, Anx 2A, Anx 2B, 0401, 0414, 0420, 0441, 0451,
0530p, 0533, 0601-0607, 0908, Anx 9A, 1110,1121.
PAB 1005, 1006, 1007, 1122.
Pilot / Pilots See ‘SD’.
| Pilotage (waters) 0112, 0122, 0220, 0414, 0920, 0915, 0925.
Precision Aneroid Barometer See ‘PAB’.
QNH (Sea Level pressure) 1005, 1006, 1007, 1122.
QFE (Flight Deck pressure) 1005, 1006, 1007, 1122.
Raster (data format) 0110.
RDD 0221, 0222, Anx 2A.
Required Delivery Date See ‘RDD’.
Rhumb Line 0111, 0122.
Sailing Directions See ‘SD’.
SAR 0111, 013, 0711, 0720, 1110.
| SD / SDs 0112, 0120, 0211, 0213, 0230, 0413, 0441, 0450, 0483,
0533, 0601, 0607, 0730, Anx 9A.
Search and Rescue See ‘SAR’.
SOLAS 0102.
Safety of Life at Sea See ‘SOLAS’.
Subfacts 0701, 0710e, 0720g, 0723.
Subject Indicator Characters See ‘NAVTEX’.
‘SUBSTITUTE’ (NM command) 0520.
SUBNAV (radio nav warnings) 0461, 0701, 0703, 0710f, 0714, 0723.
| T & P / T & Ps 0120, 0213, Anx 2B, 0412, 0413, 0420, 0421, 0426,
| 0428, 0429, 0430, 0432, 0450, 0461, 0470, 0482, 0511,
0530, 0531, 0533, Anx 9A.
Temporary and Preliminary NMs See ‘T & P / T & Ps’.
Index Glossary-4
INDEX-GLOSSARY

Transverse Mercator (projection) 0111.
UKHO 0110, 0111, 0120, Anx 1A, 0210, 0212, 0213,
0220-0222, 0230, 0321, Anx 2A, Anx 2B, 0302,
0411, 0414, 0427, 0432, 0440, 0460, 0461, |
0512, 0522, 0532, 0714.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office See ‘UKHO’.
‘US SPECIAL’ (radio nav warnings) 0440,0710, 0714, 0723.
Variation of symbols (drawing convention) 0522.

Vector (data format) 0110.
Vessel Traffic Service See ‘VTS’.
VTS 0120, 0713.
Weekly Notices to Mariners / Weekly NMs See ‘NM’.
WZ (‘Coastal’ radio warnings) 0120, 0213, 0701, 0710, 0712, 0714, 0723.

Change 2
INDEX-GLOSSARY
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
Index Glossary-6
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Pages Change Protective Marking |
i to iv Change 2 UK RESTRICTED |
v to vi Change 1 UK RESTRICTED |
vii to viii Change 2 UK RESTRICTED |
|
DIVIDER Change 1 UNCLASSIFIED |
1-1 to 1-6 Change 1 UNCLASSIFIED |
1-21 to 1-22 Change 1 UK RESTRICTED |
1A-1 to 1-A2 Change 1 UNCLASSIFIED |
|
2A-1 to 2A-2 Change 1 UK RESTRICTED |
2B-1 to 2B-2 Change 2 UK RESTRICTED |
|
|
|
5A-1 to 5A-42 Change 2 UNCLASSIFIED |
|
DIVIDER Change 1 UNCLASSIFIED
6-1 to 6-8 Change 1 UNCLASSIFIED

7-1 to 7-24 Change 1 UK RESTRICTED

|
LEP-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LEP-2
Change 2 UK RESTRICTED
Pages Change Protective Marking |

|

10-1 to10-6 Change 1 UNCLASSIFIED

11-1 to 11-10 Change 1 UK RESTRICTED
11A-5 to 11A-8 Change 1 UNCLASSIFIED

App 1-1 to App 1-2 Change 2 UK RESTRICTED |
App 5-1 to App 5-4 Change 2 UNCLASSIFIED |
App 5-5 to App 5-20 Change 1 UNCLASSIFIED
App 6-1 to App 6-2 Change 1 UNCLASSIFIED
Index-Glossary 1 to 6 Change 2 UNCLASSIFIED |
LEP-1 to LEP-4 Change 2 UK RESTRICTED |
LEP-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LEP-4
Change 2 UK RESTRICTED

BR 45

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

BR 45

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BR 45

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UK RESTRICTED

Issued May 1999

Dated March 1995

HANDBOOK FOR THE

By Command of the Defence Council

COMMANDER IN CHIEF FLEET

Copied to the Sponsor Desk Officer:

Copied to the Subject Matter Specialist:

| PROPOSALS FOR CHANGES

| Page Para Comment

| Continue on a separate sheet if required

| Protective Marking ......................................................................................

CHANGE DATE SIGNATURE NAME REMARKS

RECORD OF TEMPORARY AMENDMENTS

Chapter 1 Content of an Admiralty Chart Outfit

Chapter 2 Issue, Management and Return of Chart Outfits

Chapter 3 The Role of the Chart Maintenance Unit (CMU)

Chapter 4 Admiralty Notices to Mariners - Content and Procedures

Chapter 5 Correcting Chart Outfits - Policy, Conventions and Procedures

Chapter 6 Correcting Navigational Publications (NPs) - Procedures

Chapter 7 Radio Navigational Warnings and Local Notices to Mariners

Chapter 8 Chronometers and Watches

Chapter 9 Duties - RN Navigator’s Yeoman / RFA Chart Maintenance Officer

Chapter 10 Portable and Fixed Navigational Equipment

Chapter 11 Guidance for the Commanding and Navigating Officers

Appendix 1 Common Faults in the Chart Outfit

Appendix 3 Useful Contact Details

Appendix 4 Royal Fleet Auxiliary - Variations from RN Procedures

Appendix 5 Blank Tote Templates

Appendix 6 Template for Rubber Stamp / Label ‘NAVWARN Block’

Index-Glossary Index - Glossary of Terms

LEP List of Effective Pages

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND COPYRIGHT

CONTENT OF AN ADMIRALTY CHART OUTFIT

Compilation and Production of British Admiralty Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0110

Navigation Publications (NPs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0120

Annex A: The Evolution of Chart Production Processes

CONTENT OF AN ADMIRALTY CHART OUTFIT

0101. Purpose of Book

0102. Legal Requirements for Chart Outfits

0103. Purpose and Scope of Chapter

0110. Compilation and Production of British Admiralty Charts

0111. Types of Charts

a. Standard Navigational Charts. Standard navigational charts, which are usually

(0111 cont) • Gnomonic Charts. A series of small-scale Gnomonic projection charts

0112. Arrangement of Charts

b. Geographical Folio Coverage. Approximate geographical limits of Folios 1-100

NP 1-72. Admiralty Sailing Directions (SDs or Pilots)

NP 1(S)-72(S). Supplements to Sailing Directions

NP 74 - 84. Admiralty List of Light and Fog Signals (ALLFS):Volumes A - L

NP 100. Mariner's Handbook

NP 109. NW Europe Catalogue

NP 111. Catalogue of Classified Charts and Publications

NP 116. ACLANT Grid

(0120 NP 129. Wallet With Hydrographic Forms

NP 133B. Chart Correction Log and Folio Index

NP 136. Ocean Passages for the World

NP 139. Echo Sounding Correction Tables